TM 9-2330-251-14&P

TECHNICAL MANUAL

OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL (INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS)
FOR

TRAILER, CARGO: l/4-TON, 2-WHEEL M416 (NSN 2330-00-706-5495) AND M416A1 (NSN 2330-01-046-2855)

This manual supersedes TM 9-2330-251-14&P, dated 25 October 1985.
Approved for public release; distribution Is unlimited. HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

SEPTEMBER 1990

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

FOR INFORMATION ON FIRST AID, REFER TO FM 21-11.

WARNING ASBESTOS HAZARD DO NOT handle brakeshoes, brakedrums, or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet, soft brush or cloth. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel. WARNING COMPRESSED AIR Compressed air used for cleaning or drying purposes, or for clearing restrictions, should never exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Wear protective clothing (goggles/shield, gloves, etc.) and use caution to avoid injury to personnel. WARNING COUPLING AND UNCOUPLING TRAILER All personnel must stand clear of towing vehicle and trailer during coupling and uncoupling operations. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death to personnel. WARNING DRY CLEANING SOLVENT Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear protective goggles and gloves, and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes, and DO NOT breathe vapors. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is 100°-130°F (38°-59 ‘C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts eyes, immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. WARNING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM When troubleshooting an electrical malfunction or performing electrical maintenance, ALWAYS disconnect intervehicular cable from towing vehicle. Failure to do so may result in injury or death due to electric shock. WARNING LANDING LEG Do not raise landing leg unless trailer is coupled to a towing vehicle or is securely supported on jackstands. Do not support weight of trailer on landing leg until landing leg is locked in the down position. Failure to follow this warning could cause trailer to fall, resulting in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.

a

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

WARNING

SECURING TRAILER If trailer is not coupled to towing vehicle, ensure that wheels are securely chocked. Failure to do so may cause trailer to roll, resulting in injury to personnel or damage to equipment. WARNING

USING UNAUTHORIZED CLEANING METHODS Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure personnel and damage equipment. To prevent this, refer to TM 9-247 for further instructions.

b

*TM 9-2330-251-14&P TECHNICAL MANUAL TM 9-2330-251-14&P

HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY Washington D.C.,4September 1990

OPERATOR’S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL (INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS)

Current as of 5 January 1990

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and B/ank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2, located in the back of this manual, direct to: Commander, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command, ATTN: AMSTA-MB, Warren, Ml 48397-5000. A reply will be furnished to you.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page CHAPTER 1 Section 1. Section Il. CHAPTER 2 Section 1. Section Il. Section Ill. Section IV. CHAPTER 3 Section 1. Section Il. Section Ill. INTRODUCTION General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1-2

0PERATING INSTRUCTIONS Description and Use of Operator’s Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . Operator/Crew Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation Under Usual Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2-4 2-8 2-11

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE Lubrication instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator/Crew Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3-6 3-9

l This manual supersedes TM 9-2330-251-14&P, dated 25 October 1985.

. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Body Accessories Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . and Brakedrums Maintenance . . . . . . . . . and Support Equipment . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . APPENDIX D ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST . . . APPENDIX C COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . Body Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4-1 4-2 4-5 4-9 4-11 4-27 4-32 4-58 4-66 4-78 4-85 4-90 4-93 Page Section III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . Service Upon Receipt. . . . . . . . . . . Section XlIl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Section XIl. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. Hubs. . . . . . . . . . Test. . . Body Maintenance . . . . APPENDIX A REFERENCES . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . Measurement. . . .. . . . . . . GROUP 06 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 0609-LIGHTS . . . Section Vlll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1 1-1 ii . . . . . . . Section V. Wheels. Frame Maintenance . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Repair Parts List. . . . . . . . . . . . Hubs. . Section Il. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [REPAIR PARTS AND SPEClAL TOOLS LISTS . . . . . . . .. . . . . . Section IX. . APPENDIX E EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST . .. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . Springs and Shock Absorbers Maintenance . Frame and Towing Attachments Maintenance . . . . CHAPTER 5 Section 1. . . . . . . . . . . Axle Maintenance. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . Section Il. . . . . . . . . 5-1 5-3 5-5 5-5 A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1 E-1 F-1 F-1 1-1 Wheels. . . . . . . . and Brakedrums Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TAILLIGHT. . . . .. . . .. Brake System Maintenance . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparation for Storage or Shipment . . Section X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . Section Xl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLACKOUT LIGHT. . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P TABLE OF CONTENTS (Con’t) Illus Fig CHAPTER 4 Section I. . . . . . . . . .. . . Organizational Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section VII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section XIV. Section VI. Section Il. . . . . . . . . . DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE Brakeshoe Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . Section Il. . Special Tools. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .’ . . APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . Electrical System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . Section Ill. . . . . . . . . . . . General Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX F Section 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section IV. . . . . . AND COMPOSITE MARKER LIGHT ASSEMBLIES . . . . ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE Repair Parts. . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HANDBRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANDBRAKE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOSES. . . . . . . . . GROUP 15 FRAME AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS 1503 -PINTLES AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS . . . . ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY . ETC. . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . BRAKESHOE AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . .WHEEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202 -SERVICE BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND ATTACHING PARTS . . . . . . . . . GROUP 18 BODY 1802 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPRING ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313 -TIRES AND TUBES . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRAWBAR COUPLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416 . . . . . . . . . GROUP 13 WHEELSAND TRACKS 1311 . . . AND FITTINGS . . . SHOCK ABSORBER . . . . . . . . . . . . 1804 -DRAIN VALVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . LANDING LEG ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRAKESHOE AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FENDERS . . . 1507 -LANDING GEAR. . . . . . . GROUP 16 SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS 1601-SPRINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CARGO BODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P TABLE OF CONTENTS (Con’t) Illus Fig 0613 -HULL OR CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEVELING JACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY . . . . . 1204 -HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACTUATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AXLE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HUB AND DRUM ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . DRAWBARS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1 19-1 20-1 20-1 21-1 21-1 17-1 17-1 18-1 18-1 13-1 13-1 14-1 15-1 16-1 16-1 10-1 10-1 11-1 12-1 12-1 5-1 5-1 6-1 6-1 7-1 8-1 8-1 9-1 4-1 4-1 Page 2-1 2-1 3-1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GROUP 12 BRAKES 1201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HUB AND DRUM ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . iiil . . TIRES AND TUBES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERVEHICULAR CABLE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . DRAIN PLUGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MASTER CYLINDER AND WHEEL CYLINDER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604 -SHOCK ABSORBER EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRAULIC BRAKE LINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GROUP 11 REAR AXLE 1100-REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . FENDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DATA PLATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section IV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PART NUMBER INDEX . . .BULK MATERIEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Tools List (Not Applicable) Cross-reference Indexes NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX . . . . . . . . . .ACCESSORY ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1 INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BULK MATERIEL . BULK BULK-1 BULK-1 Page 22 23 22-1 22-1 23-1 23-1 Section III. . . Index 1 iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P TABLE OF CONTENTS (Con’t) Illus Fig GROUP22 BODY ACCESSORY ITEMS 2202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2210 -DATA PLATES . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX H TORQUE LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REFLECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1 I-4 1-11 G-1 APPENDIX G ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GROUP95 GENERAL USE STANDARDIZED PARTS 9501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. Reporting Equipment improvement Recommendations (EIRs) . . . . Send us an EIR. . . . Manual (Including Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists). . . . Operator’s. . . are the only one who can tell us what you don’t like about your equipment. . You. . . Maintenance Forms. U. . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Section 1. Records. . . . . Put it on an SF 368 (Quality Deficiency Report). . . Army Tank-Automotive Command. . . 1-4. For information on preparing the trailers for storage or shipment. 1-1 . . AND REPORTS. . . We’ll send you a reply. . . . . . . . . . . . If your trailer needs improvement. . . 1-3. . REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIRs). . . . . . Preparation for Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . .S. . Direct Support. . DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE. . . . . . PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT. The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS). . . Cargo: ¼-Ton. Page Number 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1. . . . . . . . . Warren. . . Organizational. . . 1-5. . Let us know why you don’t like the design or performance. . . . . . . . . . . . For destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy use. . . . MAINTENANCE FORMS. . 2-Wheel. . . . SCOPE. . . Purpose of Equipment. Trailer. . . . . . Mail it to us at: Commander. . . b. . . M416 and M416A1. Ml 48397-5000. . ATTN: AMSTA-MP. . . . . . . and Reports . refer to Chapter 4. . . . c. . . GENERAL INFORMATION Paragraph Title Destruction of Army Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use . . . . . . the user. . Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA Pam 738-750. refer to TM 750-244-6. . . Type of Manual. Scope . . . . . . . . RECORDS. . . a. . . . . . . let us know. . . . . and General Support Maintenance . Used to carry a maximum load of 500 1b (227 kg) both cross-country and highway. . . . . Section XIV. Equipment Name and Model Numbers. 1-2. . . .

(4) Retractable landing leg supports front of the trailer when uncoupled from the towing vehicle. Angle of departure: 20°. . . . . . . Equipment Characteristics. . CAPABILITIES. . . . . . . . (3) Two-wheel single axle with multi-leaf spring suspension. . Characteristics. . . . . (5) Manually operated parking brake. . (1) Watertight body will float the trailer and payload during fording. . . . . (2) Two drain valves. . . (7) Automatic emergency braking if M416A1 trailer breaks away from the towing vehicle. Location and Contents of Plates Location and Description of Major Components 1-6 1-2 1-7 1-6 1-3 1-6. . . . . one in the left front and one in the right rear of floor. . . . . . . . . . Capabilities. . allow water to be drained from the trailer cargo body.or ¾-ton utility truck.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il. . Towing vehicle: ¼. a. . . . . . AND FEATURES. . EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION Paragraph Title Page Number Differences Between Models. (6) Operates on 24-volt electrical system. . . . . . Towing speeds (maximum): (a) Highway: 55 mi/h (88 km/h) (b) Improved roads: 50mi/h (80 km/h) (c) Cross-country: 30mi/h (48 km/h) 1-2 . . . b. . . (1) (2) (3) (4) Maximum payload (cross-country and highway): 500 lb (227 kg). . . . and Features Equipment Data . . EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS. . . Capabilities and Features. .

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS. Hook to eyebolts on the towing vehicle to prevent the trailer from fully breaking away. Key Component Description 1 2 3 Drawbar Coupler Lockpin Safety Chains Intervehicular Cable Landing Leg Connects to the towing vehicle pintle hook.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 1-7. Locks the landing leg in up or down position. Provides connection between the towing vehicle and trailer electrical system. Supports front of trailer when not coupled to the towing vehicle. 4 5 1-3 .

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS (Con’t). TA503883 1-4 . Multi-leaf construction support weight of the trailer. Component Shock Absorbers Springs I Description Support weight of the trailer and cushion road shock.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 1-7.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS (Con’t). Applies mechanical pressure to the brakeshoes. TA503884 14 15 16 Wheel Cylinders (M416A1) Brakeshoes Hydraulic Brake Lines (M416A1) 1-5 . preventing movement of the trailer while parked. Converts mechanical motion of the brake actuator to hydraulic pressure. Convert hydraulic pressure to mechanical motion. Key Component Description 11 12 13 Brake Actuator (M416A1) Master Cylinder (M416A1) Handbrake Lever Transfers mechanical braking force from the towing vehicle to the master cylinder. Brakeshoes apply pressure to the brakedrums.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 1-7. activating the service brakes. slowing and stopping the trailer. Transfer hydraulic pressure from the master cylinder to the wheel cylinders. Apply pressure to the brakedrums.

also has an inertia-actuated hydraulic brake system. The M416A1 Cargo Trailer. a. taillights. and blackout stoplights all in one light assembly. 1-90 LOCATION AND CONTENTS OF PLATES. Provides a blackout stoplight. taillights. which is a component of the M416. c. The chassis identification plate provides information for the M569 Chassis. and payload information. The identification plate located on the upper right rear corner of the body provides trailer weights. The M416 Cargo Trailer only has a handbrake system. Key 17 18 19 20 Component Chassis Wiring Harness Composite Light Assemblies (M416A1) Blackout Stoplight (M416) Stoplight Taillight (M416) Description Carries electrical current to the trailer light assemblies.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 1-7. Provide stoplights. dimensions. in addition to the handbrake system. The main difference between the M416 and the M416A1 Cargo Trailers is the brake system. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS (Con’t). 1-8. turn signal lights. b. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODELS. The identification plate located on the right front framerail supplies information for chassis procurement. TA503885 1-6 . and turn signal lights. Provides stoplights.

7 cm) 23 in.5 (153. 1-10.7 cm) 42 in. Weights and Dimensions: Length (overall) Width (overall) Height (overall) Drawbar Coupler Height: M416 (adjustable) M416A1 Weight (empty) Tires: Number . EQUIPMENT DATA. (66.0 cm) 26 in. Type 2 6 7.6 cm 60. LOCATION AND CONTENTS OF PLATES (Con’t) NOTE: M569A1 CHASSIS ISA COMPONENT OF M416 SERIES TRAILERS.4 cm or 66.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 1-9.00 X 16 22 psi (152 kPa) 25 psi (172 kPa) 18 psi (124 kPa) Military Pneumatic TA503886 108. Number of Plies Size Inflation: Cross-country Highway Mud. Snow. (106. or 26 in.0 cm) 670 lb (304 kg) and Sand 1-7 . (58.5 (275.

. . . . . . . . 1. .59 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 in. . . (104. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Springs: Type . . . . . . . . . . Height . . . . . Handbrake: Type . . . . . Axle: M416: Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EQUIPMENT DATA (Con’t). . Nonrefillable Semielliptical 72 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter . . . Service Brake (M416A1): Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 1-10. . . . (4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 in. (6. . . . . . . . Material: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . (182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuation . . . . . Actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 cm) Inertia Actuator Hydraulic Expanding Shoe Hand Mechanical Nonadjustable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cargo Body: Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter of Stud Circle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outer . . . . . . . . Width . . . .5 cm) 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 : Length . . . . (45. Wheels: Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5. . . .6 cm) 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 cm) 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number of Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 cm) 58. . . . . . (1400 cm) 5 16 X 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 cm) Tubular 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rim Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 cm) 18 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shock Absorbers: Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2. . . . . . . .50 Magnesium Alloy Steel 1-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (156. . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spindle: inner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 cm) 2 5 05 in. . . . . . . . . . .9 cm 41 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06 in.2 cm) Tubular 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3. . . . . . . . (149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .0 cm) 24-Volt 9 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10504 cm) 1-9/(1-10 Blank) . . . . . . . . . . . .4 cm) 41. . . . .12 in. Center of Gravity (forward of rear axle): M416: Empty . . . . . . . .9 cm) 23 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 in. . . . . . M416A1: Empty . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 1-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (13. . . . . . . . . . . . (22. . . . . .8 cm) 5. . . .5 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical System . (14. . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . EQUIPMENT DATA (Con’t). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loaded: Cross-country Highway .

.

. . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P CHAPTER 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Section 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Review this section thoroughly before operating the trailers. . . . . . . . . Description Adjusts handbrake cable tension. Key 1 2 Control or Indicator Handbrake Lever Adjustment Knob Applies the handbrake. . . . . DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR’S CONTROLS AND INDICATORS Paragraph Title Page Number Controls and indicators . . TA503887 2-1 . . . . . . 2-2. 2-1 2-1 Introduction 2-1. . . . This section shows the location and function of all M416 and M416A1 Cargo Trailer controls and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . INTRODUCTION. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS. .

2-2 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 2-2. Applies the trailer brakes if towing vehicle and trailer separate. Key 3 Control or Indicator Lockpin Description Secures the landing leg in up or down position. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS (Con’t). Key 4 5 Control or Indicator Breakaway Chain (M416A1) Breakaway Lever (M416A1) Description Actuates the breakaway lever.

TA503889 2-3 . Key 6 Control or Indicator Drain Valves Description Used to drain any accumulation of water from the cargo body. CONTROLS AND INDICATORS (Con’t).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 2-2.

GENERAL. . 2-4. . . For the information you need on forms and records. . . . . . PMCS PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . write it on DA Form 2404.. . . When you perform PMCS. . . . (2) Perform During (D) PMCS while operating the trailer.. . . 2-5. . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Forms and Records . (3) Perform After (A) PMCS right after operating the trailer. . . . . . . IMMEDIATELY report it to organizational maintenance. . . . and whether those faults have been fixed. . . . . . . . . . . . . a. Table 2-1 contains a list of preventive maintenance checks and services to be performed by the operator/crew. . There is not much of it. . Preventive maintenance is detecting/correcting problems before they happen. . troubleshoot it with the instructions in this manual and notify your supervisor. . . . . . Perform these inspections and services at the following intervals: (1) Perform Before (B) PMCS before operating the trailer. . If something doesn’t work. . . They are a permanent record of the service. . . you’ll spot anything wrong in a hurry. . . . 2-4 . . The forms and records you fill out have several uses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . take along the tools you need to make all the checks. . d. . c. . . .. . . . Be alert for anything that might cause a problem. OPERATOR/CREW PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) Paragraph Title Page Number General . . . MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS. . . . . . . . . but you have to keep it up. f. Once you’ve had some practice. . . . . . . . . . They are a check list for you when you want to know what is wrong with the trailer after its last use. . pay attention to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS. . 2-4 . . . . . . You’ll always need a clean rag (Item 9. ..TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il. . Always do your PMCS in the same order so it gets to be a habit. . Every mission begins and ends with paperwork. They are reports to organizational maintenance and to your commander. . 2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3. . . Table 2-1 PMCS Procedures. . . . . b. Appendix E) or two. . . e. . . . . . If you find something seriously wrong. . . . . . . . Every possible problem cannot be covered in the PMCS.. . . . . . If anything looks wrong and you can’t fix it. . . . . While performing your PMCS. . 2-6 2-4 . . . . Attention to these checks and services will increase the useful life of the equipment. . . Operator/Crew Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). . . Table 2-1 lists the inspections and services required to keep the trailer in good operating condition. . . . . . . .. . refer to DA Pam 738-750. . . . . . . repairs. . and modifications made on your trailer. . . or fixing minor problems before they become major problems. . . . . . . .

Avoid contact with skin. Nuts. bare metal. Appendix E) and water when you clean rubber or plastic. and remember — when in doubt. (1) Keep It Clean. WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Clean as you work and as needed. or rust around bolt heads. The solvent’s flash point is 100°-130°F (38°-59°C). If a leak comes from a loose fitting or connector. It is necessary for you to know how fluid leakage affects the status of your trailer. missing. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. and signs of leaks. and use only in a well-ventilated area. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. or broken condition. and clothes. and Screws’.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 2-5. but a stain around a fitting or connector can also mean a leak. Ensure that clamps and fittings are tight. Use dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. and loose or broken connectors. notify your supervisor. tighten it. NOTE Items 5 and 6 are for M416A1 only. Check them all for obvious looseness. but not enough to cause drops to drip from the item being inspected. Parts without fluid will stop working or may be damaged. The fluid level in an item/system affected by such leakage must be checked more frequently than required in PMCS. (5) Hydraulic Hoses and Lines. Wet spots indicate leaks. continue to check fluid levels in addition to that required in PMCS. oil. bent. of course. but look for chipped paint. Look for cracked or broken insulation. Appendix E) on all metal surfaces. of course. (2) Bolts. (4) Electric Wires and Connectors. damage. and DO NOT breathe vapors. Tighten loose connectors and make sure the wires are in good condition. and debris get in the way and may cover up a serious problem. Dirt. CAUTION Class Ill When operating with Class I or II leaks. grease. The following are definitions of the types/classes of leakage you need to know to be able to determine the status of your trailer. notify your supervisor! Leakage Definitions for Operator/Crew PMCS Class I Seepage of fluid (as indicated by wetness or discoloration) not great enough to form drops. If you find a bad weld. eyes. (b) IMMEDIATELY report Class Ill leaks to organizational maintenance. If solvent contacts eyes. Use soap (Item 4. You can’t try them all with a tool. Look for loose or chipped paint. If something is broken or worn out. PMCS PROCEDURES (Con’t). report it to organizational maintenance. tighten it or report it to organizational maintenance if you can’t tighten it. bare wires. (a) Equipment operation is allowed with minor leakage (Class I or ll). 2-5 . Learn and be familiar with them. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. (3) Welds. (6) Fluid Leakage. When in doubt. report it to organizational maintenance. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. immediately get fresh air and medical help. Look for wear. or gaps where parts are welded together. Class II Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops. rust. If you find one you think is loose. Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops that fall from the item being inspected.

and sand 22 psi (152 kPa) 25 psi (172 kPa) 18 psi (124 kPa) 2 q WHEELS Check for missing or obviously loose wheel nuts. 3 MASTER CYLINDER. Table 2-1. Operator/Crew Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). d.After TIRES • a.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 2-5. Carefully follow these instructions. The number in this column shall be used as a source of item numbers for the “TM ITEM NO. Tires damaged or unserviceable. Two or more wheel nuts loose or missing. c. Mud. 2-6 . wheel for any evidence of brake fluid leaks at cylinder. NOTE The terms “ready/available” and “mission-capable” refer to the same status: Trailer is on hand and is able to perform its combat missions (AR 700-1 38). Lists system and common names of items that are to be inspected. The columns in Table 2-1 are defined as follows: (1) Item No. filled or adjusted as needed. Remove any glass. and backing Leaks at backing plates indicate leaking cylinders. Class Ill leaks evident. Included in this column are specific servicing. This column tells you when and why the trailer cannot be used. bruises. or adjustment procedures to be followed. (2) Interval. g. hydraulic lines. snow. Proper pressure is: l Cross-country . or stones. (3) Item To Be Inspected. (4) Equipment Is Not Ready/Available If. PMCS PROCEDURES (Con’t). have organizational maintenance do the work. Check tires for obvious damage such as cuts.During ITEM TO BE INSPECTED PROCEDURE: Check for and have repaired. Highway . B .  q q b. ” column on DA Form 2404 in recording results of PMCS. AND BACKING PLATES (M416A1 ) q Check master plates. nails. Tells you when to do a certain check or service. Check tire pressure. If you do not have the tools. Equipment is Not Ready/Available If: A . replacement. and bulges.Before INTERVAL ITEM NO. inspection. 1 B D A D . or if the procedure tells you to. Check for apparent air leakage. HYDRAULIC LINES.

INTERVEHICULAR CABLE.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 2-5. Check lights and reflectors for obvious damage and broken lens. FRAME AND SUSPENSION q 7 q Check frame and suspension for damage. 8 q LIGHTS AND REFLECTORS a. Brakes pull or grab. q b. Check for proper operation of handbrakes. LANDING LEG q Drawbar coupler cracked or broken. Table 2-1. and safety chains. Check lights for proper operation. Safety chains missing or broken. shock absorber leaking or missing. BRAKES (M416A1 ) q 9 Check brakes for grabbing or pulling. B D A ITEM TO BE INSPECTED PROCEDURE: Check for and have repaired. AND SAFETY CHAINS Check for obvious looseness and for condition of drawbar coupler. Operator/Crew Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) (Con’t). Spring is broken. 2-7 . filled or adjusted as needed. 5 Check for obvious looseness of mounting bolts and condition of landing leg. intervehicular cable. 6 q a. or frame is cracked. HANDBRAKES Evidence or indication landing leg might collapse. INTERVAL ITEM NO. Equipment Is Not Ready/AvalIable If: 4 q q DRAWBAR COUPLER. b. Adjust handbrake lever if no resistance is needed to move handbrake lever past halfway point of travel (para 3-6). PMCS PROCEDURES (Con’t).

Ensure that trailer handbrake lever (1) is applied. . . . . . WARNING All personnel must stand clear of towing vehicle and trailer during coupling operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove pintle Iockpin (9) and open pintle (4). 2-8 Towing Instructions . . a. . . d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2-10 Uncoupling Trailer from Towing Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTE Have assistant direct you while backing towing vehicle to trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . f. . TA503890 2-8 . . . . . . b. Release trailer handbrake lever (1) and move trailer as required to engage drawbar coupler (8) in pintle (4). . . . . . . . . Prepare towing vehicle for coupling and operation in accordance with applicable technical manual. . . . Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death to personnel. . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slowly back towing vehicle until pintle (4) is adjacent to drawbar coupler (8). .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Ill. Perform all trailer operator/crew Before (B) PMCS. . . . . . . . COUPLING TRAILER TO TOWING VEHICLE. . e. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS Page Number Paragraph Title Coupling Trailer to Towing Vehicle . . . . . . 2-6. . . . . . . . . . . .

NOTE Step i applies to M416A1 only. TA503891 2-9 . i. j. Apply brakes gradually and smoothly. Keep in mind the overall length of the towing vehicle and trailer when passing other vehicles. Connect breakaway chain (6) to footman loop (5) at rear of towing vehicle. Failure to follow this warning could cause trailer to fall. turning. c. g. TOWING INSTRUCTIONS. During normal operation stepping on the brake pedal will stop both the towing vehicle and trailer. Attach safety chains (7) from trailer to towing vehicle by crossing them under drawbar coupler (8) to opposite side eyebolts on towing vehicle. Make a right turn by driving the towing vehicle approximately halfway into the intersection and then cutting sharply to the right. 2-7. Pull Iockpin (1 O) on landing leg (11) l. Keep the vehicle close enough to the edge of the road to prevent following vehicles from attempting to pass on the right. Rotate landing leg (11) upward and lock it in position by pushing Iockpin (10) inward and turning Iockpin handle down. General. b. NOTE Refer to FM 21-305 for further information on safe driving practices. d. k. and backing. Connect intervehicular cable (2) to receptacle (3) on towing vehicle. COUPLING TRAILER TO TOWING VEHICLE (Con’t). Turning. outward. Close pintle (4) and install pintle Iockpin (9). resulting in injury to personnel or damage to equipment. Stopping. Driving.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 2-6. a. h. remember that the trailer wheels turn inside the turning radius of the towing vehicle. When turning corners. This will keep trailer wheels off the curb. WARNING Do not raise landing leg (11) unless trailer is coupled to towing vehicle. Perform operator/crew During (D) PMCS while operating the trailer.

Disconnect intervehicular cable (4) from receptacle (5) on towing vehicle. Parking. WARNING All personnel must stand clear of towing vehicle and trailer during coupling operation. Backing. Adjust rearview mirrors before backing. c. This will gradually decrease the angle until the towing vehicle and trailer are in a straight line. TA503892 2-10 . (3) To decrease the angle of turn. (1) Have an assistant guide you while backing. resulting in injury to personnel or damage to equipment. gradually turn towing vehicle wheels in the direction the trailer is turning. Rotate landing leg (2) down and lock it in position with Iockpin (1).TM 9-2330-251 -14&P 2-7. f. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death to personnel. 2-8. the rear of the trailer will move opposite to the direction the front towing vehicle wheels are turned. a. e. both the towing vehicle and trailer parking brakes should be applied. WARNING Ensure that landing leg (2) is locked in the down position before continuing with uncoupling operation. (2) When the towing vehicle and the trailer are in a straight line. the rear of the trailer will move to the right. Failure to follow this warning could cause trailer to fall. UNCOUPLING TRAILER FROM TOWING VEHICLE. the rear of the trailer will move to the left. b. When the towing vehicle wheels are turned to the left. When parking for extended periods. Pull Iockpin (1) on landing leg (2) outward. When the towing vehicle wheels are turned to the right. TOWING INSTRUCTIONS(Con’t).

. . brittle. . Apply trailer handbrake lever (3). . Extreme cold can cause insulation material on electrical wire to crack and cause short circuits. . . . . . . . Section I for proper lubricants to use in extreme cold. UNCOUPLING TRAILER FROM TOWING VEHICLE (Con’t). . . b. g. Other materials may become hard. . . . OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS Page Number 2-12 2-11 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Paragraph Title Fording . . Snow 2-9. . . Lift trailer to uncouple drawbar coupler (1 O) from pintle (6) and set trailer down on landing leg (2) . . Remove pintle Iockpin (11) and open pintle (6) . i. . . Unhook safety chains (9) from towing vehicle and stow on trailer. . NOTE Step d applies to M416A1 only. .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 2-8. . . . . Operation in Operation in Operation in Operation in Operation in Operation in Extreme Cold Extreme Heat Mud Saltwater Areas Sandy or Dusty Areas . . Close pintle (6) and install pintle lockpin Section IV. a. . OPERATION IN EXTREME COLD. . . . (11). j. D i s c o n n e c t breakaway chain (8) from footman loop (7) at rear of towing vehicle. . . f. . . h. . . Ensure that tires are properly inflated (para 1-10). . . . . . c. . . . e. . TA503893 2-11 . Tires may freeze to the ground or have flat spots if underinflated. d . and easily damaged or broken. Perform operator/crew After (A) PMCS. . Refer to Chapter 3. . . . . . .

Keep cover ends off the ground to keep them from freezing to the ground. Section i). Lubricate the trailer in accordance with 2-12 . Have organizational maintenance pack wheel bearings contaminated by saltwater as soon as possible (Chapter 3. a. Saltwater causes rapid rust and corrosion to develop. b. a. a. Have organizational maintenance pack wheel bearings contaminated by mud as soon as possible (Chapter 3. place a footing of planks or brush under the wheels and landing leg. Section 1). Check bottom surface of stream or river. b. inspect. 2-11. Section 1. Lubricate all unpainted surfaces with lubricating oil. Brakeshoes may freeze to brakedrum and will need to be heated to prevent damage (FM 9-207). OPERATION IN EXTREME HEAT. use canvas covers to shield the trailer. inspect. d. park in a sheltered area out of the wind. 2-12. After fording. OPERATION IN SALTWATER AREAS. Return tire pressure to normal after emergency operation (para 1-10). FORDING. If available. and lubricate as soon as possible after operation in saltwater area. Section I for proper lubricants to use in extreme heat.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 2-9. OPERATION IN EXTREME COLD (Con’t). Heat and sunlight shorten tire life. 2-10. Thoroughly clean. d. Do not park the trailer in sunlight for long periods of time. Clean. and lubricate as soon as possible after operation in mud. 2-14. Refer to TM 9-238 for deepwater fording information. Reduce tire pressure for emergency use on beach or desert sand. inspect. 9. Remove all built-up snow or ice as soon as possible after operation. use canvas covers to shield the trailer. When parking long term. If available. c. f. Clean. When parking short term. Do not ford if bottom surface is too soft. instructions in Chapter 3. OPERATION IN SNOW. b. 2-15. OPERATION IN SANDY OR DUSTY AREAS. Section 1). Refer to Chapter 3. e. Refer to FM 21-305 for special instructions on operating in snow. and lubricate more often in sandy or dusty areas (Chapter 3. Ensure that the brakes are operating properly before driving at normal speeds. OPERATION IN MUD. apply the brakes a few times to help dry the brake linings. 2-13.

. . . DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. . When operating under extreme conditions. . . names items to relubricated. . . and the recommended interval for lubrication. . . . . . . . . . c. The M416 and M416A1 Cargo Trailers must receive lubrication with approved lubricants at recommended intervals in order to be mission-ready at all times. . purging and lubrication are adequate. . . . . . NOTE These instructions are MANDATORY. . . . . . . . . The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). . . . lubrication points. . the required lubricant. . If solvent contacts eyes. . . . Any special lubricating instructions required for specific components are contained in the “NOTES” section of the chart.TM 9-2330-251-14&P CHAPTER 3 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE Section 1. temperature. . 3-3 3-2 Lubrication Instructions Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. . . . 3-2. . . 3-1 . . . . . When in doubt. . . . . . . . and humidity. . . . . . . . a. . . . . . Always wear protective goggles and gloves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . When old grease oozes from the grease fitting. and DO NOT breathe vapors. . Avoid contact with skin. . . . GENERAL. LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS Paragraph Title Page Number General . . . . b. . . . . . . . . apply enough grease to purge old grease from the lubricated area. . c. . . The KEY lists lubricants to be used in all temperature ranges and shows the intervals. . . . . . . . . . eyes. . . . Recommended intervals are based on normal conditions of operation. . and clothes. lubricants should always be changed more frequently. . . . . . 3-1 Lubrication Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a. . . . . . . notify your supervisor. b. . . immediately get fresh air and medical help. . . Use dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. . . . . . . . When lubricating at a grease fitting. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3-1. . . . Refer to DA Pam 738-750 for applicable forms and procedures. . . The Lubrication chart shows lubrication points. . . . . . Appendix E) to clean grease fittings. . . . . . . . WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. . d. . . . . . . . . . Maintain a record of lubrication performed and report any problems noted during lubrication. . Specific Lubrication Instructions . . . . . SPECIFIC LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS. . and use only in a well-ventilated area. . . . . . and surrounding areas before lubricating. . . .

or dusty conditions. b. d. Any one of these conditions may cause contamination and quickly destroy the protective qualities of lubricants. wipe off excess oil or grease to prevent accumulation of foreign matter. SPECIFIC LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS (Con’t). have organizational maintenance replace them. Change lubricants as required. Intervals may be extended during inactive periods commensurate with adequate preservation. WARNING Wipe excess lubricant from the area of brakeshoe linings to avoid grease soaking the linings. For lubrication instructions during continued operation below 0°F (-18°C). . prolonged periods of high-speed operation. LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS. e.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 3-2. continued operation in sand or dust. After lubrication. sandy. Refer to TM 9-238 for lubrication instructions before and after fording. c. a. immersion in water. or other exposure to moisture. d. Lubricate more frequently to compensate for abnormal or extreme conditions such as high or low temperatures. refer to FM 9-207. 3-3. clean and inspect all points of lubrication for fouled lubricants. resulting in serious injury or death to personnel. Failure to follow this warning may cause brakes to malfunction. If brakeshoe linings become soaked. After operation in muddy.

immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. Dotted leader lines indicate lubrication is required on both sides of the equipment. Avoid contact with skin. CARGO: 1/4-TON. including longer-than-usual operating hours. or if you are operating equipment under adverse conditions. If solvent contacts eyes. and use only in a well-ventilated 3-3 . wipe off excess oil or grease to prevent accumulation of foreign matter. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to lubricate a point is indicated in parentheses by use of the following: (C) Operator/Crew. and clothes. 2-WHEEL M416 (NSN 2330-00-706-5495) M416A1 (NSN 2330-01-046-2855) Intervals (on-condition or hard time) and related man-hour times are based on normal operation. and DO NOT breathe vapors. adequate preservation precautions must be taken. or (0) Organizational Maintenance. immediately get fresh air and medical help. The man-hour time specified is the time you need to do all services prescribed for a particular interval. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. The intervals may be extended during periods of low activity. After lubrication. Appendix E) or equivalent before lubricating equipment. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. Decrease the intervals if your lubricants are contaminated.TM 9-2330-251-14&P LUBRICATION CHART TRAILER. eyes. Clean all fittings and area around lubrication points with dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-13O°F (38°C-59°C). If extended. WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. area.

2 0.TM 9-2330-251-14&P LUBRICANT q INTERVAL INTERVAL q LUBRICANT Landing Leg Drawbar Coupler Bracket (0) One Fitting GAA BFS Master Cylinder (M416A1) ( Note 5) (0) Handbrake Bell Crank (C) (Note 2) OE/ HDO GAA Drawbar Bracket (M416) Two Fittings (0) Spring Bolt (Front) (0) One Fitting GAA OE/ HDO Landing Leg Lockpin and Pivot Bolt (C) Wheel Bearings (0) (Notes 3&4) GAA OE/ HDO Hand brake Lever Assembly (Note 2) (C) Spring Bolts (0) (Two Fittings) GAA OE/ HDO Handbrake Cable Retaining Straps (c) TOTAL MAN-HOURS* INTERVAL S A MAN-HOUR 2.8 * The man-hours time specified is the time you need to do all services prescribed for a particular interval. TA503894 3-4 .

4. 3-5 . Internal OE/HDo-30 OE/HDO-10 OEA (Note 1) +40°F to -15°F +40° F to -65° F INTERVALS S -Semiannual A -Annual 0 0 (ABOVE -9°C) (+4°C to -26°C) ( + 4 c ‘o -54 C ) Combustion Engine. OIL CAN POINTS. (13 mm) from top. 3. clevises. Interns Combustion. Arctic BFS (MIL-L-46176) Brake Fluid Silicone. Remove lubricants prescribed in the key for temperatures above 15°F (-26°C). Fill master cylinder to within ½ in. Automotive GAA (MIL-G-10924) Grease. If OEA lubricant is required to meet the temperature changes prescribed in the key. Inspection. Cafe. FOR OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT IN PROTRACTED COLD TEMPERATURES BELOW 15°F (-26°C). OEA lubricant is to be used in place of OE/HDO-l0 lubricant for all temperature ranges where OE/HDO-10 lubricant is specified in the key. Appendix E) or equivalent to outer surface of cap’s flange prior to pressing cap in the hub. clean. remove. Automotive and Artillery All Temperatures All Temperatures OEA (Note 1) NOTES: 1. 5. Refer to TM 9-214. Every 12 months. HUBCAP. WHEEL BEARINGS. Lubricate with lubricants specified in the key for temperatures below 15°F (-26°C).TM 9-2330-251-14&P – KEY – EXPECTED TEMPERATURES ABOVE +15°F LUBRICANTS OE/HDO (MIL-L-2104) lubricating Oil. and Maintenance of Antifrictlon Bearings. MASTER CYLINDER. and pack with GAA. 2. and all exposed adjusting threads with OE/HDO. Every six months lubricate linkage pins. Apply a light coating of sealing compound (Item 3. Tactical Service OEA (MIL-L-46167) Lubricating Oil.

. . e. . . . . . . . . . .Table 3-1 . . Before performing troubleshooting. . . . DO NOT perform any maintenance task unless the troubleshooting procedure tells you to do so. . . . . . . . . . This section cannot list all malfunctions that may occur. . . . . . OPERATOR/CREW TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Paragraph Title General . . . . . . . . . . . . and CORRECTIVE ACTION. . . . . . . or is not corrected by listed corrective actions. Page Number 3-6 3-7 3-7 3-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Symptom Index . . The columns in Table 3-1 are defined as follows: (1) MALFUNCTION. . . . . . . (3) Perform each step in the order listed until the malfunction is corrected. . . . . . . . . A visual or operational indication that something is wrong with the trailer. . . . . This section provides information for identifying and correcting malfunctions which may develop while operating your trailer. c. A procedure to isolate the problem in a component or system. g. . The Troubleshooting Symptom lndex in paragraph 3-5 lists common malfunctions which may occur. . a. . . TEST OR INSPECTION (in step number order). (2) TEST OR INSPECTION. . . . . . GENERAL. . . . If a malfunction is not listed. . . . . . . (3) CORRECTIVE ACTION. . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il. . . (2) Turn to the page in Table 3-1 where the troubleshooting procedures for the malfunction in question are described. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . read and follow all safety instructions found in the Warning Summary at the front of this manual. . . . . . 3-6 . . d. . . . . . . . . . b. . . . . . . . . . notify your supervisor. . . . . f. . . . . . . When troubleshooting a malfunction: (1) Locate the symptom or symptoms in paragraph 3-5 that best describe the malfunction. . . . A procedure to correct the problem. and refers you to the proper page in Table 3-1 for a troubleshooting procedure. Operator/CrewTroubleshooting. . . . . . . . nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions. . If you are unsure of the location of an item mentioned in troubleshooting. . Headings at the top of each page show how each troubleshooting procedure is organized: MALFUNCTION. . . . . . refer to paragraph 1-7 or the maintenance task where the item is replaced.

. Connect intervehicular cable (para 2-6). . . . . . Step 3. Check for loose plug connectors at affected light. . . . . . . notify organizational maintenance. . . . . . 3-7 3-7 3-8 3-8 Table 3-1. . . . . . . . . . Operator/CrewTroubleshooting. . ALL LAMPS FAIL TO LIGHT. Turn on lights in towing vehicle. . . . . MALFUNCTION TEST OR Inspection Corrective ACTION ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. . . . . Step 1. . . . . . . . . ONE OR MORE LAMPS (BUT NOT ALL) FAILTO LIGHT. . . . . . . 2. . . Step 2. Troubleshooting Procedure Page BRAKES Brakes Will Not Release No Brakes (M416Al) . . . Check intervehicular cable for proper connection. . . . . . . . . Connect Ioose plug connectors. Refer to towing vehicle technical manual for instructions. notify organizational maintenance. Check that towing vehicle lights are turned on. . . Check towing vehicle circuit breaker/fuse. . . . . . . . . . TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX. . . . . . ELECTRICAL SYSTEM All Lamps Fail to Light One or More Lamps (But Not All) Fail to Light . . 3-7 . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 3-5. . . If Iamps still do not light. . If lamps still do not light. . . . . . .

If brakes still will not release. Adjust handbrake lever (para 3-6). 4. Step 1. BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Table 3-1. Clear obstruction. Check for obstruction in brake actuator (para 1-7). If trailer still has no brakes. notify organizational maintenance. NO BRAKES (M416A1 ). notify organizational maintenance. Disengage breakaway lever. Check for proper handbrake lever adjustment. Step 2. Check that breakaway lever is not engaged in leaf spring (para 2-2). MALFUNCTION TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION BRAKES 3. NOTE Step 1 applies to M416A1 only. Operator/Crew Troubleshooting (Con’t). 3-8 .

. a. . . . . . . . . . . . . b. Wheel Replacement . . . TA503895 3-9 . . . . . . c. . . . . . counterclockwise to loosen. . . . . . . . Release handbrake lever (l). . HANDBRAKE LEVER ADJUSTMENT. .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Ill. . Repeat steps a and b as required. . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotate adjustment knob (2) clockwise to tighten. . . Page Number 3-9 3-10 3-6. . . . . . . . . NOTE Handbrake lever(l) is properly adjusted when additional force is needed to move handbrake lever beyond halfway point of travel toward the applied position. . . . . . . . . Check adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Paragraph Title Handbrake Lever Adjustment. . .

(4) Remove 5 nuts (3). (3) Position floor jack under axle (1) near wheel (2) to be removed. WHEEL REPLACEMENT. 5 nuts (3). Installation. a. (4) Tighten 5 nuts (3) using tightening sequence shown.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 3-7. (2) Loosen. Remove floor jack. Have organizational maintenance tighten nuts to 85 Ib. (1) Position wheel (2) on wheel hub (4). (115 N•m) in same sequence. (2) Install and tighten 5 nuts (3) finger tight. (3) Lower axle (1) until wheel (2) is on ground. -ft. (5) Remove wheel (2) from wheel hub (4). but do not remove. Removal. b. (1) Apply handbrake lever. TA503896 3-10 . Raise axle until wheel is off ground.

AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE). . . . Follow the instruction in paragraph 4-5 and 4-6. AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT Page Number Paragraph Title Common Tools and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REPAIR PARTS. . . . . Measurement. . Test. 4-1 and Support Equipment. . . . . . determine whether it has been properly prepared for service and is in condition to perform its mission. . . AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2. When an M416 or M416A1 Cargo Trailer is first received by the using unit.TM 9-2330-251-14&P CHAPTER 4 ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE Section 1. . MEASUREMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST. or support equipment are required to maintain the trailers. . . . 4-4. . . . TEST. . . Special Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section Il. . . . . . TMDE. . . . . refer to the Modified Tab/e of Organization and Equiment (MTOE) applicable to your unit. . 4-3. Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix F of this manual. . No special tools. . . . MEASUREMENT. 4-1 4-1 Repair Parts and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE). . . . . . . GENERAL. . . . For authorized common tools and equipment. . SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPECIAL TOOLS. 4-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. . . . . . REPAIR PARTS. . . . . . AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT. . . . SERVICE UPON RECEIPT Page Number 4-1 4-2 4-2 Paragraph Title General Preliminary inspection Preliminary Servicing and Adjustment .

. . . . . .. . b. Table 4-1 . a. . . . . . . . refer to the troubleshooting instructions in Chapter 3. . e. . . 4-2 Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). Section Ill. a. ORGANIZATIONAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) Page Number Paragraph Title General . . . . . . seals. . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-5. Perform all lubrication regardless of interval (Chapter 3. . Inspect the trailer for damage incurred during shipment. . If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. Appendix E). . . . . . 4-2 . . . d. Check also to see if the equipment has been modified. . . Perform all operator/crew and organizational PMCS. Report all problems on DA Form 2404 if the deficiencies appear to involve unsatisfactory design. . Avoid contact with skin. . . Remove rust preventive compound using dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. . . PRELIMINARY INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . DO NOT use near open frame or excessive heat. . . . . . . Appendix E) and rags (Item 9. or to Section IV of this chapter. If solvent contacts eyes. . and wrapping. . The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). . . . . . . Section 1). immediately get fresh air and medical help. . . c. . . 4-4 4-3 PMCS Procedures . immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. . . . . .. . . . . c. . . . . Read and follow all instructions on DD Form 1397. Perform a break-in road test of 25 mi (40 km) at a maximum speed of 55 mi/h (88 km/h). . . . . . . PRELIMINARY SERVICING AND ADJUSTMENT. . Section ll. . Schedule the next PMCS on DD Form 314. . plywood tape. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6. . . . . . Preventive maintenance is detecting/correcting problems before they happen or fixing minor problems before they become major problems. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. . . . GENERAL. . and use only in a well-ventilated area. . . . . . d. Remove all strapping. . . . and DO NOT breathe vapors. f. and clothes. . . e. . eyes. Report all discrepancies in accordance with instructions in DA Pam 738-750. . . . . . . 4-7. . . . . WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. . . . a. . . . . If any system of the trailer does not operate properly. . . . . . . . . Check the equipment against the packing list to see if the shipment is complete. b. .

and screws that are loose. and DO NOT breathe vapors. d. bent. Appendix E) to clean metal surfaces. Make cleanup a part of your preventive maintenance. and debris may cover up a serious problem. For a classification of fluid leakage. The number in this column shall be used as a source of item numbers for the “TM ITEM NO” column on DA Form 2404 in recording results of PMCS. GENERAL (Con’t). always keep in mind all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS. immediately get fresh air and medical help. you’ll spot anything wrong in a hurry. Tells you when to do a certain check or service. e. (3) Electric wires and connectors that are bare. b. Avoid contact with skin. PMCS PROCEDURES. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. g. or loose. missing. Once you ‘ve had some practice. (4) Hydraulic hoses and tube assemblies that leak or show signs of damage or wear (M416A1 only). If solvent contacts eyes. (2) Welds that are bad or broken. Appendix E) and water to clean rubber or plastic material. If the trailer doesn’t work properly and you can’t see what is wrong. 4-3 . grease. f. The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). The columns in Table 4-1 are defined as follows: (1) Item No. a. oil. Perform the preventive maintenance checks and services at the intervals shown in Table 4-1. write it on a DA Form 2404 and report it to your supervisor. b. and clothes. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. refer to Section IV of this chapter for troubleshooting instructions. c. Dirt. Attention to these checks and services will increase the useful life of the equipment. Watch for and correct anything that might cause a problem with the equipment. and use only in a well-ventilated area. If anything looks wrong. Be alert for anything that might cause a problem. (1) Perform Semiannual (S) PMCS twice a year. refer to paragraph 2-5. Always do your checks and services in the same order so it gets to be a habit. 4-8.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-7. Wipe off excess grease and spilled oil. Use dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. or once each six months. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. Table 4-1 contains a list of preventive maintenance checks and services to be performed by organizational maintenance personnel. (2) Interval. or broken. Every possible problem cannot be covered in the PMCS. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. h. (2) Perform Annual (A) PMCS once each year. eye. broken. While performing your PMCS. c. Some things you should watch for are: (1) Bolts. WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Be sure to record any corrective action taken. and you can’t fix it. Use soap (Item 4. nuts.

FRAME Look for cracks. Replace if damaged or leaking (para 4-45). PMCS PROCEDURES (Con’t). Clean. 1 q BODY AND FENDERS Look for cracks and dents. MASTER CYLINDER (M416A1) q 7 q Check fluid level in master cylinder. (13 mm) from top (Chapter 3. 4-4 . S .Annual s PROCEDURES A NOTE Perform operator/crew PMCS prior to or in conjunction with organizational PMCS. Fill to ½ in. Check that fenders are secured to body . SUSPENSION q 2 a. loose mounting. Adjust brakes (para 4-28 or 4-29). Tells you how to do the required check or service. - Table 4-1. Organizational Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). bent members. inspect. Lists system and common names of items that are to be inspected. Clean. inspect.Semiannual ITEM NO. BRAKE ASSEMBLIES q q 3 q 4 5 6 a. b. b. Replace any damaged component (para 4-43 or 4-44). (115 N•m) (para 3-7). b. or broken welds. Check suspension for bent or cracked parts. Tighten wheel nuts to 85 Ib. Section 1). and pack wheel bearings (para 4-36 or 4-37). WHEEL BEARINGS q Remove hubs and wheel bearings. (4) Procedures. Check shock absorbers for damage or leaks. -ft. WHEELS AND TIRES q q a. and replace internal brake parts as required (para 4-30 or 4-31). and worn bushings. INTERVAL ITEM TO BE INSPECTED A . Notify direct support maintenance of any damage found.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-8. Check serviceability of tires in accordance with TM 9-2610200-24. (3) Item To Be Inspected.

. . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Procedure Page BRAKES Brakes Will Not Release . . . . . . . . . . (2) Locate the symptom or symptoms in paragraph 4-10 that best describe the malfunction. . . . . . . . Headings at the top of each page show how each troubleshooting procedure is organized: MALFUNCTION. . . . . . . . . ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4-6 Lamps Dim or Flickering . . . . . . . GENERAL. . . ensure that all applicable operator/crew troubleshooting was performed. . Handbrake Will Not Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If the appropriate symptom is not listed. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . (4) Perform each step in the order listed until the malfunction is corrected. . . . . . . TEST OR INSPECTION (in step number order). . . . . If a malfunction is not listed. . . . . Weak Brakes (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 4-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . 4-6 4-5 4-7 4-7 4-8 4-8 . . . . . . TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DO NOT perform any maintenance task unless the troubleshooting procedure tells you to do so. . . . . . One or More Lamps (But Not All) Fail to night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . notify direct support maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or is not corrected by the listed corrective actions. . . . . . . . . 4-6 Troubleshooting Symptom Index . . 4-5 4-9. No Brakes (M416A1) . . . . . . Table 4-2 . . ORGANIZATIONAL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Paragraph Title Page Number General 4-5 Organizational Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . When troubleshooting a malfunction: (1) Question the operator to obtain any information that might help determine the cause of the problem. . . . . . . and CORRECTIVE ACTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This section contains troubleshooting information and tests for locating and correcting some of the malfunctions that may develop in the trailers. . . . . . . . . . nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions. . . . . . . notify direct support maintenance.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section IV. This manual cannot list all the malfunctions that might occur. . . . Before continuing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Troubleshooting Symptom lndex in paragraph 4-10 lists common malfunctions which may occur and refers you to the proper page in Table 4-2 for a troubleshooting procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3) Turn to the page in Table 4-2 where the troubleshooting procedures for the malfunction in question are described. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a. . . . . .

NOTE Refer to paragraph 4-23 to determine routing of electrical wires and location of electrical components. If no continuity exists. remove terminal end from frame and clean mating surfaces. replace light assembly (para 4-15. or 4-19). or 4-1 9). Check continuity between ground wire terminal end and trailer frame. Step 2. If no continuity exists. Organizational Troubleshooting. Step 1. 4-17. Step 4. or 4-19). If no continuity exists. If no continuity exists. Check continuity between edge of lamp socket and light assembly mounting hardware. Remove and replace unserviceable lamps (para 4-14. replace light assembly (para 4-15. Check continuity between intervehicular cable pin D and ground wire terminal end. 4-6 . Check continuity between center post of lamp socket and related light assembly plug connector. If no continuity exists.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Table 4-2. Failure to do so may result in injury or death due to electric shock. Failure to do so may result in injury or death due to electric shock. ALWAYS disconnect intervehicular cable from towing vehicle. 4-17. MALFUNCTION TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. ALWAYS disconnect intervehicular cable from towing vehicle. 2. Check lamps. Step 2. 4-17. ONE OR MORE LAMPS (BUT NOT ALL) FAIL TO LIGHT. replace intervehicular cable (para 4-20). NOTE Refer to paragraph 4-23 to determine routing of electrical wires and location of electrical components. Step 1. remove and clean mating surfaces. LAMPS DIM OR FLICKERING. Check continuity between edge of lamp socket and trailer frame. WARNING When troubleshooting an electrical malfunction. Step 3. WARNING When troubleshooting an electrical malfunction.

Step 1. remove and clean mating surfaces. Check for improperly adjusted brakes. Replace handbrake cable (para 4-27). Adjust brakes (para 4-28 or 4-29). Disconnect intervehicular cable from towing vehicle receptacle. Have assistant operate towing vehicle lights. Check for binding handbrake cable or linkage. If no continuity exists. replace brakeshoes (para 4-30 or 4-31). Check for binding or damaged handbrake cable.2 mm) or less.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Table 4-2. MALFUNCTION TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION Step 3. Disconnect chassis wiring harness from intervehicular cable. Check voltage in affected lines of intervehicular cable. If brakeshoe lining thickness is 1/8 in. Organizational Troubleshooting (Con’t). If 24 volts are present in affected lines. Adjust brakes (para 4-28 or 4-29). Replace brakeshoes (para 4-30 or 4-31). Check for improperly adjusted handbrake lever. refer to applicable towing vehicle maintenance manual. replace intervehicular cable (para 4-20). BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE. Step 1. Check voltage at towing vehicle receptacle. 4-7 . 4. Have assistant operate towing vehicle lights. Adjust handbrake lever (para 3-6). Check for improperly adjusted brakes. Check for worn brakeshoe linings. Step 5. Step 4. Check continuity between edge of lamp socket and trailer frame. Check for separation of brakeshoe and lining. If voltage is present at all sockets of towing vehicle receptacle. If voltage is not present at all sockets of towing vehicle receptacle. Step 3. HANDBRAKE WILL NOT HOLD. replace chassis wiring harness (para 4-21). Step 2. BRAKES 3. Step 2. Replace handbrake cable or linkage (para 4-27). Step 4. (3. Step 3.

thereby setting brake. Fluid level must be within½ in. Adjust brakes (para 4-28 or 4-29). causing actuator to move. replace brakeshoes (para 4-30 or 4-31). Check for worn brakeshoe linings. Step 5. 4-8 . Section 1). (13 mm) from top. Actuator can be checked further by manually pulling on the breakaway chain. c. d. remove and repair (para 4-40). Ensure that handbrake Iever is applied. Fluid level must be within ½ in. Step 2. Step 1. If brakeshoe lining thickness is 1/8 in. Step 3. Add fluid if level is low (Chapter 3. Step 4. Replace wheel cylinders (para 4-32). NO BRAKES OR WEAK BRAKES (M416A1). (3. Organizational Troubleshooting (Con’t). MALFUNCTION TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION 5.2 mm) or less. (13mm) from top. b. Check for frozen brake actuator as follows: a.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Table 4-2. lf actuator does not move. Inspect wheel cylinders for leaks. Bleed brakes (para 4-33). Breakaway lever can be reset using a screwdriver. Apply pressure to drawbar coupler. Check master cylinder for adequate fluid level. Check for improperly adjusted brakes. Check master cylinder for adequate fluid level.

GENERAL. (1) Before steam cleaning exterior of trailer. General Cleaning Instructions. one technician can do the task. a. b. c. (3) After cleaning. 4-9 . b. The following apply to all cleaning operations: (1) Clean all parts before inspection. d. (2) Place disassembled parts in a suitable container to steam clean. The importance of cleaning must be thoroughly understood by maintenance personnel. (2) Keep hands as free of grease as possible. This section provides general shop practices and specific methods you must be familiar with to properly maintain the trailers. refer to TM 9-247 for further instructions. Cleaning instructions are the same for the majority of parts and components that make up the trailer. 4-12. lf ’’Personnel/Required” is not listed. Parts/Components. Lightly oil parts that are subject to rust. Grease can collect dust. The following "Initial/Setup” information applies to all maintenance procedures in this manual: (1) Only those resources required to perform the procedure are listed. (2) Personnel are listed only if the task requires more than one technician. or grit. Steam Cleaning. WARNING Improper cleaning methods and use of unauthorized cleaning liquids or solvents can injure personnel and damage equipment. (3) After cleaning. Importance. a. dry and cover all parts. protect all electrical equipment that can be damaged by steam or moisture. Dirt and foreign material are a constant threat to satisfactory maintenance.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section V. Care and effort are required in cleaning. GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Page Number Paragraph Title Cleaning instruction General Inspection Instructions 4-11. Lightly oil parts that are subject to rust. You should read and understand these practices and methods before performing organizational maintenance tasks. after repair. To prevent this. CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS. dirt. cover all parts to protect them from dust and dirt. and before assembly.

Specific inspection instructions are as follows: a. care. cracks. or loose metal fittings or connectors. etc. cracks. (3) Mark all damaged areas for repair or replacement. (3) Use compressed air to remove dirt and cleaning fluids from all threaded holes. Machined Surfaces. Failure to follow this caution will seriously damage or destroy the material. and clothes. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. or any other damage in or around holes and threaded (1) Inspect flexible lines for fraying. (2) Remove grease and accumulated deposits with a stiff bristle brush. Inspect machined surfaces for scoring or other obvious damage. The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning and drying purposes. All components and parts must be checked carefully to determine if they are serviceable for reuse. and bad bends or dents. Bearings. Wear protective clothing (goggles/shield.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-12. (2) Inspect threaded areas for evidence of cross threading. and Machined Metal Parts. gloves. and Metal Fittings. Flexible Lines (Hoses). and use only in a well-ventilated area. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. Appendix E). evidence of leakage. Inspect bushings for excessive wear. Electrical Cables and Flexible Hoses. eyes. c. If solvent contacts eyes. and maintenance of antifriction bearings. 4-10 . 4-13. WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. b. (2) Inspect metal lines for sharp kinks. surfaces. or for clearing restrictions. Drilled and Threaded Holes and Surfaces. e. Forgings. ) and use caution to avoid injury to personnel. and DO NOT breathe vapors. f. Castings. (1) Inspect for wear. Bushings. Refer to TM 9-214 for instructions on the inspection. CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS (Con’t). Appendix E) and water solution and wipe dry. d. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. Avoid contact with skin. CAUTION Do not wash electrical cables and flexible hoses with dry cleaning solvent or mineral spirits. should never exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). distortion. Metal Lines. Wash electrical cables and flexible hoses with soap (Item 4. (1) Clean inner and outer surfaces with dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. elongation. immediately get fresh air and medical help. INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS. g. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. or grooving.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis Wiring Harness Replacement . . . . . . . . COMPOSITE LIGHT LAMP REPLACEMENT (M416A1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams. . . . lntervehicular Cable Replacement . . . . . . Composite Light Lamp Replacement (M416A1) . . 4-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite Light Replacement (M416A1) . . . Wiring Harness Repair . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section VI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA503897 4-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Removal b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blackout Stoplight Replacement (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This Task Covers: a. . . . . . Stoplight Taillight Replacement (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation lnitial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Intervehicular cable disconnected from towing vehicle (para 2-8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stoplight Taillight Lamp Replacement (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Page Number 4-15 4-16 4-22 4-11 4-13 4-20 4-17 4-18 4-26 4-24 Paragraph Title Blackout Stoplight Lamp Replacement (M416) . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tools/Test Equipment: q General mechanic’s tool kit 1. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . Loosen 6 captive screws (2).

install new preformed packing (3) in door and lens assembly (1). TA503898 4-12 . If removed. 1. Install lamp (4) in socket (8). remove and discard. COMPOSITE LIGHT LAMP REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). and tighten 6 captive screws (2). 2. Check operation of light. Remove lamp (4) from socket (8) .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-14. Install lamp (5) in socket (6). Position door and lens assembly on body (7). If damaged. 3. Remove lamp (5) from socket (6). Remove door and lens assembly (1) from body (7). INSTALLATION Install 2 lamps (10) in sockets (9). Remove 2 lamps (10) from sockets (9). FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q q Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle (para 2-6). 2. b. Inspect preformed packing (3) for damage.

Disconnect 4 connectors. Removal b. Equipment: Tools/Test q Marker tags (as required) (Item 11. Pull 4 connectors (5) through hole (3) in framerail (1). Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Materials/Parts: q Intervehicular cable disconnected from towing vehicle (para 2-8). TA503899 4-13 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-15. This Task Covers: a. Remove grommet (4) from framerail (1) and discard. Appendix E) q One grommet • Four Iockwashers General mechanic’s tool kit 1. Remove 4 connectors (5 and 6) from 2 clip assemblies (2). COMPOSITE LIGHT REPLACEMENT (M416A1). Tag wires for installation if identification bands are missing or not legible. 2. 3. 4.

FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q q Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle (para 2-6). Discard lockwashers. and composite light (7) from bracket (13). Remove 2 screws (10. INSTALLATION Install bracket (13) on framerail (1) with 2 bolts (12). Connect 4 connectors (5 and 6) and install in 2 clip assemblies (2). new Iockwashers (9). TA503900 4-14 . Remove bracket from framerail. Check operation of light. Discard Iockwashers. 2. Install composite light (7) on bracket (13) with 2 new Iockwashers (11) and screws (10). 5. and bolts (12) securing bracket (13) to framerail (1). Iockwashers (9). 6. 3. 4. Remove 2 nuts (8). 1.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-15. Insert 4 connectors (5) through hole (3) in framerail (1). 5. and nuts (8). Iockwashers (11). COMPOSITE LIGHT REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). Install new grommet (4) in hole (3). b.

TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-16. Remove 2 screws (1) and lens retainer (2) from housing (4). install new gasket (3) in lens retainer (2). Remove lamp (6) from socket (5). If damaged. Inspect gasket 3) for damage. If removed. 1. TA503901 4-15 . Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Tools/Test Equipment: q Intervehicular cable disconnected from towing vehicle (para 2-8). 2. This Task Covers: a. REMOVAL General mechanic’s tool kit a. 1. Removal b. 3. 2. INSTALLATION Install lamp (6) in socket (5). Check operation of light. remove and discard. b. Discard lamp if unserviceable. Install lens retainer (2) on housing (4) with 2 screws (1). BLACKOUT STOPLIGHT LAMP REPLACEMENT (M416). FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q q Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle (para 2-6).

Connect connector (2) to blackout stoplight (1). Removal b. Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Materials/Parts: q Intervehicular cable disconnected from towing vehicle (para 2-8). Disconnect connector (2) from blackout stoplight (1). Discard Iockwasher. Install new Iockwasher (4) and screw (5) to secure blackout stoplight to bracket. b. q Check operation of light. Remove screw (5). 2. Iockwasher (4). q TA503902 4-16 . and blackout stoplight (1) from bracket (3). 1. 2.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-17. INSTALLATION Aline hole in blackout stoplight (1) with pin on bracket (3). BLACKOUT STOPLIGHT REPLACEMENT (M416). This Task Covers: a. General mechanic’s tool kit REMOVAL One Lockwasher Tools/Test Equipment: q a. 1. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle (para 2-6).

General mechanic’s tool kit 1. Remove 2 lamps (6) from sockets (3). Install door assembly (1) on housing (5). 2. STOPLIGHT TAILLIGHT LAMP REPLACEMENT (M416). Loosen 6 captive screws (2) and remove door assembly (1) from housing (5). 3. Check operation of light. 3. This Task Covers: a. 2. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q q Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle (para 2-6). Discard lamps if unserviceable. INSTALLATION 1. Tighten 6 captive screws (2). If damaged. Install 2 lamps (6) in sockets (3). Remove lamp (7) from socket (4). b. If removed. Removal b. Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Tools/Test Equipment: q InterVehicular cable disconnected from towing vehicle (para 2-8). install new preformed packing (8) in door assembly (1). Install lamp (7) in socket (4).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-18. Inspect preformed packing (8) for damage. TA503903 4-17 . remove and discard.

3. 4. REMOVAL Tag wires for installation if identification bands are missing or not legible. 5. Remove grommet (4) from framerail (1). Iockwashers (13). 2. Remove 2 nuts (14). and bracket (10) from framerail (1). screws (7). Discard Iockwashers. Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Materials/Parts: q q InterVehicular cable disconnected from towing vehicle (para 2-8). Appendix E) One grommet • Six Iockwashers General mechanic’s tool kit a. Remove 3 connectors (5 and 6) from clip assembly (2) and disconnect. Remove 2 screws (8). new Iockwashers (13). and nuts (14). Discard Iockwashers. 1.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-19. Discard grommet. Removal b. Pull 3 connectors (5) through hole (3). Equipment: Tools/Test q Marker tags (as required) (Item 11. b. STOPLIGHT TAILLIGHT REPLACEMENT (M416). external-tooth lockwashers (11). This Task Covers: a. 6. and stoplight taillight (12) from bracket (10). TA503904 4-18 . INSTALLATION Install bracket (10) on framerail (1) with 2 screws (7). 1. Iockwashers (9).

TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-19. 5. Insert 3 connectors (5) through hole (3). TA503905 4-19 . FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle (para 2-6). Connect 3 connectors (5 and 6) and install in clip assembly (2). NOTE To ensure proper grounding of light. 3. 2. Install stoplight taillight (12) on bracket (10) with 2 new external-tooth lockwashers (11). and screws (8). Install new grommet (4) in framerail (1). external-tooth Iockwashers (11) should be installed between stoplight taillight (12) and bracket (10). new Iockwashers (9). • Check operation of light. 4. STOPLIGHT TAILLIGHT REPLACEMENT (M416) (CON’T).

Iockwashers (1). 6. TA503906 4-20 . Tools/Test q Materials/Parts: • Marker tags (as required) (Item 11. Appendix E) • Eight Iockwashers Equipment: General mechanic’s tool kit 1. 3. Discard Iockwashers. and cover (3) from drawbar (4). This Task Covers: a. Disconnect connectors. and strap (13) from drawbar (4). and clamp (16) from drawbar (4). Removal b. and terminal (7) from clip assembly (6). Remove intervehicular cable (5). INSTALLATION 1. Discard Iockwasher. Iockwashers (12). Iockwasher (8). Remove nut (15). Remove clamp (16) from intervehicular cable (5). Remove 2 screws (11). Iockwasher (14). Remove 6 connectors (10) from 2 clip assemblies (6). 7. 4. 5. Remove screw (9). INTERVEHICULAR CABLE REPLACEMENT. screw (17).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-20. Discard Iockwashers. Tag wires for installation if identification bands are missing or not legible. Remove 4 screws (2). Install clamp (16) on intervehicular cable (5). b. 2. Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: • Intervehicular cable disconnected from towing vehicle (para 2-8). Discard Iockwashers.

Connect 6 connectors (1 O) and insert in 2 clip assemblies (6). Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle (para 2-6).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-20. 2. Install clamp (16) and intervehicular cable (5) on drawbar (4) with screw (17). q Check operation of lights. Connect terminal (7) to clip assembly (6) with new Iockwasher (8) screw (9). Install strap (13) on drawbar (4) with 2 new Iockwashers (12) and screws (11). 4. 3. and nut (15). TA503907 4-21 . 6. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: . 5. Install cover (3) on drawbar (4) with 4 new Iockwashers (1) and screws (2). INTERVEHICULAR CABLE REPLACEMENT (Con’t). new Iockwasher (14).

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-21. CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT.
This Task Covers: a. Removal b. Installation

Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Intervehicular cable disconnected from towing vehicle (para 2-8). Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit Materials/Parts: • Marker tags (as required) (Item 11, Appendix E) • Three grommets • Four Iockwashers

1. 2. 3.

Tag wires for installation if identification bands are missing or not legible. Remove 4 connectors (5) from 2 clip assemblies (4). Disconnect connectors. Repeat for opposite side. Remove 4 screws (13), Iockwashers (12), and cover (11) from drawbar (10). Discard Iockwashers.

TA503908

4-22

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-21. CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
4. Remove 6 connectors (15) from 2 clip assemblies (14). Disconnect connectors.

5. 6. 7. 8.

Remove 10 screws (2) from clamps (6) securing chassis wiring harness (1) to right framerail (3), crossmember (7), and left framerail (8). Remove 10 clamps (6) from chassis wiring harness (1). Remove 3 grommets (9) and discard. Remove chassis wiring harness (1) from trailer.

b. INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Position chassis wiring harness (1) for installation. Install 3 new grommets (9). Install 10 clamps (6) on chassis wiring harness (1). Secure clamps (6) to right framerail (3), crossmember (7), and left framerail (8) with 10 screws (2). Connect 6 connectors (15) and insert in 2 clip assemblies (14). Install cover (11) on drawbar (10) with 4 new Iockwashers (12) and screws (13). Connect 4 connectors (5) and insert in 2 clip assemblies (4). Repeat for opposite side.

FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
q q

Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle (para 2-6). Check operation of lights.

TA503909

4-23

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-22. WIRING HARNESS REPAIR.
This Task Covers: a. b. Male Connector Repair Female Connector Repair c. d. Terminal Replacement Wire Identification Band Replacement

Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Intervehicular cable disconnected from towing vehicle (para 2-8). Tools/Test Equipment:
q

Materials/Parts: Contacts (as required) Identification bands (as required) q Terminals (as required)
q q

General mechanic’s tool kit Common no. 2 shop set q Electric etcher
q

I a.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. b. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

MALE CONNECTOR REPAIR Slide back shell (1) and remove washer (2) from wire (3). Cut off and discard contact (4). Remove shell (1) and discard if unserviceable. Strip wire (3) to depth of new contact (4). Slide shell (1) over wire (3). Crimp new contact (4) onto wire (3). Install washer (2) on wire (3) and slide shell (1) over washer. FEMALE CONNECTOR REPAIR Slide shell (5) and insulator (6) back. Cut off and discard terminal (8). Slide insulator (6) and shell (5) off wire (7). Discard shell and insulator if unserviceable. Strip wire (7) to depth of new terminal (8). Slide shell (5) and insulator (6) over wire (7). Crimp new terminal (8) onto wire (7). Slide insulator (6) and shell (5) over terminal (8) .

TA503910

4-24

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-22. WIRING HARNESS REPAIR (Con’t).

I c.
1. 2. 3.

TERMINAL REPLACEMENT Cutoff and discard terminal (10). Strip wire (9) to depth of new terminal (10). Crimp new terminal (10) onto wire (9).

d. WIRE IDENTIFICATION BAND REPLACEMENT 1. 2. 3. Open tabs and remove identification band (12) from wire (11). Discard identification band. Mark new identification band (12) with proper identification number. Refer to chart. Position new identification band (12) over wire (11) and bend over tabs.

TERMINAL DESIGNATION A B C D E F

CIRCUIT NO. 24-484 22-461 24-483 90 21-489 23

TERMINAL DESIGNATION H J K L M N

CIRCUIT NO. 490 22-460 BLANK BLANK BLANK BLANK

FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
q q

Connect intervehicular cable to towing vehicle (para 2-6). Check operation of lights.

TA503911

4-25

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-23. WIRING DIAGRAMS.
q This

NOTE paragraph contains wiring diagrams for the M416 and M416A1 Cargo Trailers.

q Refer

to these wiring diagrams when performing electrical troubleshooting and maintenance.

TA503912

4 - 2 6

. . . . Remove TA503913 4-27 . Remove 6 nuts (10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . This Task Covers: a. . . . and screws backing plate. . . . . . . . . . . . AXLE MAINTENANCE Page Number 4-27 4-29 Paragraph Title Axle Replacement (M416) . . 2. . AXLE REPLACEMENT (M416). . . . . . . . . . . Tools/Test Equipment: •General mechanic’s tool kit • Floor jack Materials/Parts: •Twenty Iockwashers Personnel Required: Two 1. . . . . Removal b. . Discard Iockwashers. backing plate (3) to axle (2). Iockwashers (9). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle Replacement (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: • Hubs and brakedrums removed (para 4-36). . . . Place a suitable floor jack under midpoint of axle (2). . 4-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section VII. . . . .

INSTALLATION Place a suitable floor jack under midpoint of axle (2) and raise axle into position on spring assemblies (8). Remove U-bolts. TA503914 4-28 . 4. Remove floor jack. 4. Install backing plate (3) on axle (2) with 6 screws (4). and nuts (10). Secure 2 U-bolts (1) to plate assembly (7) with 4 new Iockwashers (6) and nuts (5). Discard Iockwashers. Remove axle (2) from spring assemblies (8). 3. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for opposite side.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-24. b. 3. 2. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q Install hubs and brakedrums (para 4-36). Repeat steps 2 and 3 for opposite side. 1. AXLE REPLACEMENT (M416) (Con’t). Remove 4 nuts (5) and Iockwashers (6) securing 2 U-bolts (1) to plate assembly (7). 5. 5. new Iockwashers (9).

A suitable container should be used to catch any draining brake fluid. TA503915 4-29 . 1. Loosen inverted nut (1) and disconnect tube assembly (3) from wheel cylinder (2). This Task Covers: Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Hubs and brakedrums removed (para 4-37).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-25. AXLE REPLACEMENT (M416A1). Ensure that all spills are cleaned up. 2. Tools/Test Equipment: q q Materials/Parts: q Rags (Item 9. Appendix E) • Seventeen Iockwashers General mechanic’s tool kit Drain pan q Floor jack REMOVAL NOTE Personnel Required: Two a. Place a suitable floor jack under midpoint of axle (4).

Discard Iockwashers. Remove 2 screws (18) and clamps (19) securing tube assemblies (3) to axle (4). 5.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-25. Repeat step 7 for opposite side. Remove 4 nuts (10). and screws (7) securing backing plate (6) to axle (4). Remove 4 nuts (11) and Iockwashers (12) securing 2 U-bolts (5) to plate assembly (13). Remove nut (16). Remove axle (4) from spring assemblies (8). Discard Iockwasher. TA503916 4-30 . Remove tee (17) and tube assemblies from axle. 4. 3. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for opposite side. 9. 8. and flatwasher (14) securing tee (17) to axle (4). 6. Iockwashers (9). Discard Iockwashers. Iockwasher (15). Remove backing plate. 7. AXLE REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t).

and nut (16). Repeat step 2 for opposite side. 9. Install backing plate (6) on axle (4) with 4 screws (7). 7. 5. Bleed brakes (para 4-33). new Iockwashers (9). Position tee (17) and tube assemblies (3) at axle (4). Secure tee (17) to axle (4) with flatwasher (14). AXLE REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). Secure 2 U-bolts (5) to plate assembly (13) with 4 new Iockwashers (12) and nuts (11).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-25. Connect tube assembly (3) to wheel cylinder (2) and tighten inverted nut (1). Remove floor jack. 2. INSTALLATION Place a suitable floor jack under midpoint of axle (4) and raise axle into position on spring assemblies (8) . 1. TA503917 4-31 . new Iockwasher (15). 8. b. Secure tube assemblies to axle with 2 clamps (19) and screws (18). Repeat steps 6 and 7 for opposite side. 6. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q q Install hubs and brakedrums (para 4-37). 3. 4. and nuts (10).

Removal b. . . Handbrake Cable Assembly Replacement Handbrake Lever Replacement . Brakeshoe Replacement (M416A1) . . . . 4-32 . and Fittings Replacement (M416A1) . . . Hydraulic Brake Lines. Discard cotter pin. Remove handbrake lever. . . Remove cotter pin (12). . . . and screws (10) securing handbrake lever (1) to bracket (4) . Brakeshoe Replacement (M416) . . Discard locknuts. . Remove 2 nuts (7). resulting in injury to personnelor damage to equipment. HANDBRAKE LEVER REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . and pin (3) and disconnect clevis (2) from handbrake lever (1). Installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: • One cotter pin q Two locknuts q Two Iockwashers Tools/Test Equipment: q q General mechanic’s tool kit Floor jack WARNING If trailer is not coupled to towing vehicle. . . . . . . . . Brakeshoe Adjustment (M416A1) . . . . . BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Paragraph Title Bleeding Hydraulic Brake System (M416A1 Brakeshoe Adjustment (M416) . . 1. flatwasher (n). Hoses. .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Vlll. . Remove 2 locknuts (5) and U-bolt (9) securing bracket (4) to crossmember (8). . . . . . Master Cylinder Replacement (M416A1) Wheel Cylinder Replacement (M416A1) Page Number 4-49 4-39 4-40 4-41 4-44 4-34 4-32 4-51 4-57 4-48 4-26. . . Iockwashers (6). . . . 3. . . ensure that wheels are securely chocked. Remove bracket. Discard Iockwashers. . This Task Covers: a. . . Failure to do so may cause trailer to roll. . . . . 2. .

WARNING If trailer is not coupled to towing vehicle. 1. resulting in injury to personnel or damage to equipment. Connect clevis (2) to handbrake lever (1) with pin (3). Failure to do so may cause trailer to roll. Section 1). Install bracket (4) on crossmember (8) with U-bolt (9) and 2 new locknuts (5). new Iockwashers (6). and new cotter pin (12). HANDBRAKE LEVER REPLACEMENT (Con’t). ensure that wheels are securely chocked. TA503918 4-33 . and nuts (7) . FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Lubricate handbrake lever (Chapter 3. Install handbrake lever (1) on bracket (4) with 2 screws (10). 3. q Adjust handbrake lever (para 3-6).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-26. 2. flatwasher (11).

TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-27. ensure that wheels are securely chocked. Failure to do so may cause trailer to roll. and pin (6) and disconnect clevis (2) from handbrake lever (1). 3. 2. slotted nut (10). This Task Covers: a. flatwasher (7). Discard cotter pin. Remove cotter pin (8). Remove cotter pin (5) and connecting link (3) with clevis (2) from bell crank (4). Tools/Test Equipment: q General mechanic’s tool kit M416A1: q q Three cotter pins Four Iockwashers a. Discard cotter pin. and shoulder bolt (22) securing bell crank (4) to crossmember (11 ). REMOVAL WARNING if trailer is not coupled to towing vehicle. Removal b. Remove cotter pin (9). Remove bell crank from crossmember and adjusting rod (21). Discard cotter pin. HANDBRAKE CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT. TA503919 4-34 . Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q MaterialslParts: M416: Five cotter pins • Six Iockwashers q Hubs and brakedrums removed (M416A1) (para 4-37). resulting in injury to personnel or damage to equipment. 1.

HANDBRAKE CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (Con’t). TA503920 4-35 . Remove cotter pin (23) and pin (25) and disconnect handbrake cable assembly (19) from pawl (24). Discard cotter pin. NOTE Steps 8 through 10 are for M416 only. 5. Remove equalizer (20) from handbrake cable assembly (19).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-27. Remove 2 nuts (15). Remove handbrake cable assembly. Repeat steps 8 and 9 for opposite side. 7. Iockwasher (27). Remove adjusting rod and cable nut (1 2). Remove 2 nuts (13) from adjusting rod (21). and screw (26) securing handbrake cable assembly (19) to backing plate (29). 10. Iockwashers (16). Remove strap. Discard Iockwashers. 6. Remove nut (28). Leave cable nut on adjusting rod. and bolts (18) securing strap (17) to crossmember (14). 4. 8. Repeat step 6 for opposite side. 9. Discard Iockwasher.

and nut (28). NOTE Steps 11 through 13 are for M416A1 only. 4. 5. HANDBRAKE CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (Con’t). Remove handbrake cable assembly (19) from backing plate (29). 6.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-27. Thread handbrake cable assembly (19) through backing plate (29). Failure to do so may cause trailer to roll. 11. b. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for opposite side. 2. NOTE Steps 1 through 3 are for M416A1 only. new Iockwasher (27). 13. Unhook handbrake cable assembly (19) from lever (30). TA503921 4-36 . 3. resulting in injury to personnel or damage to equipment. Repeat steps 11 and 12 for opposite side. 12. Connect handbrake cable assembly (19) to pawl (24) with pin (25) and new cotter pin (23). NOTE Steps 4 through 6 are for M416 only. INSTALLATION WARNING If trailer is not coupled to towing vehicle. ensure that wheels are securely chocked. Connect handbrake cable assembly (19) to lever (30). Install handbrake cable assembly (19) on backing plate (29) with screw (26). Repeat steps 1 and 2 for opposite side. 1.

Install bell crank (4) on crossmember (11) with shoulder bolt (22). 7. Install handbrake cable assembly (19) on crossmember (14) with strap (17). 8. Connect bell crank (4) to adjusting rod (21). 2 bolts (18). 10. and new cotter pin (9) .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-27. Install adjusting rod (21 ) and equalizer (20) on handbrake cable assembly (19) with 2 nuts (13). 11. slotted nut (1 O). 9 . new Iockwashers (16). Repeat step 7 for opposite side. HANDBRAKE CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (Con’t). and nuts (15). TA503922 4-37 .

Connect clevis (2) tohandbrake lever (1) with pin (6). Secure connecting link (3) with clevis (2) to bell crank (4) with new cotter pin (5). q Adjust handbrake lever (para 3-6). 13.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-27. q Lubricate handbrake bell crank and cable assembly retaining straps (Chapter 3. Section 1). 12. and new cotter pin (8). FOLLOW-ON TASKS: Install hubs and brakedrums (M416A1) (para 4-37). flatwasher (7). HANDBRAKE CABLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (Con’t). q 4-38 .

Procedure for opposite side is the same. This Task Covers: Initial Setup: Tools/Test Equipment: q q Adjustment General mechanic’s tool kit Floor jack NOTE Procedure given is for 1 wheel. 2. TA503924 4-39 . 6. Turn pin (4) clockwise until wheel just locks. Remove floor jack. Position floor jack under end of axle (1) and raise until wheel (2) is off ground. Turn pin (5) on backing plate (3) counterclockwise until wheel just locks. BRAKESHOE ADJUSTMENT (M416). Back off pin (4) until wheel just turns freely.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-28. 3. 4. Back off pin (5) until wheel just turns freely. Lower wheel (2) to ground. 1. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Adjust handbrake lever (para 3-6). 5.

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-29. BRAKESHOE ADJUSTMENT (M416A1).
This Task Covers: Initial Setup: Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit q Common no. 1 shop set q Brakeshoe adjusting tool q Floor jack Adjustment

NOTE
q

To ensure that brake adjustment is accurate, adjustment should be performed when brakedrums are cool. Procedure given is for 1 wheel. Procedure for opposite side is the same.

q

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Position floor jack under end of axle (1) and raise until wheel (3) is off ground. Remove cover (5) from backing plate (2). Turn adjuster (4) downward until wheel just locks. Back off until wheel just turns freely. Install cover (5) in backing plate (2). Lower wheel (3) to ground. Remove floor jack.

FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
q

Adjust handbrake lever (para 3-6).
TA503925

4-40

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-30. BRAKESHOE REPLACEMENT (M416).
This Task Covers: a. b. Removal Cleaning and Inspection c. Installation

Initial Setup:

Equipment Conditions: q Hub and brakedrum removed (para 4-36). Tools/Test Equipment: q General mechanic’s tool kit q Common no. 1 shop set q Brake repair pliers a. REMOVAL

Materials/Parts:
q

Dry cleaning solvent (Item 10, Appendix E)

• Two cotter pins q Two Iockwashers

WARNING DO NOT handle brakeshoes, brakedrums, or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet, soft brush or cloth. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel.

4-41

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-30. BRAKESHOE REPLACEMENT (M416) (Con’t).
1. 2. 3. Remove cotter pin (16) and pin (2) securing handbrake cable assembly (1) to pawl (4). Discard cotter pin. Remove spring (8) from brakeshoes (7 and 12). Remove 2 nuts (14) and Iockwashers (13) securing 2 anchor pins (9) to backing plate (5). Remove anchor pins, plate (10), and 2 cams (11). Discard Iockwashers.

4. 5. 6. 7. b.

Remove brakeshoe (7) from backing plate (5). Remove strut (6) from backing plate (5). Remove cotter pin (15) and pin (3) securing pawl (4) to strut (6). Remove pawl. Discard cotter pin, Remove brakeshoe (12) from backing plate (5). CLEANING AND INSPECTION WARNING DO NOT handle brakeshoes, brakedrums, or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet, soft brush or cloth. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel.
TA503926

4-42

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-30. BRAKESHOE REPLACEMENT (M416) (Con’t).
WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear protective goggles and gloves, and use only in a well-ventiiated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes, and DO NOT breathe vapors. DO NOT use near open frame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-590C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts eyes, immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. 1. 2. 3. 4. Clean all parts with dry cleaning solvent. Dry thoroughly. inspect brakeshoes for cracks. Inspect linings (18) for cracks or looseness. Inspect rivets (17) for looseness. Rivets should be at least 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) below surface of lining (18). Measure thickness of linings (18). Minimum thickness is 1/8 in. (3.2 mm). If brakeshoes are worn, send to direct support maintenance for repair.

5. 6.

c.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

INSTALLATION Position brakeshoe (12) on backing plate (5). Install pawl (4) on strut (6) with pin (3) and new cotter pin (15). Position strut (6) and brakeshoe (7) on backing plate (5). Install 2 cams (11), plate (10), and 2 anchor pins (9) on backing plate (5) with 2 new lockwashers (13) and nuts (14). install spring (8) on brakeshoes (7 and 12). Connect handbrake cable assembly (1) to pawl (4) with pin (2) and new cotter pin (16).

FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
q q

Install hub and brakedrum (para 4-36). Adjust brakes (para 4-28).

TA503927

4-43

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

4-31. BRAKESHOE REPLACEMENT (M416A1).
This Task Covers:
a. b. Removal Cleaning and Inspection c. Installation

Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions:
q

Materials/Parts:
q q

Hub and brakedrum removed (para 4-37).

Tools/Test Equipment:
• General mechanic’s tool kit Common no, 1 shop set q Brake repair pliers
q q

Dry cleaning solvent (Item 10, Appendix E) One retainer

Brake retaining hold down spring tool

a.

REMOVAL

WARNING DO NOT handle brakeshoes, brakedrums, or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet, soft brush or cloth. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. Remove 2 springs (4) from brakeshoes (1 and 3) and anchor pin (2). Remove guide plate (9) from anchor pin (2). Remove adjusting screw spring (15) from brakeshoes (1 and 3). Remove adjuster (14). Using brake retaining hold down spring tool, remove two seats (16) and spring (17). Remove brakeshoe (1) from backing plate (6). Remove hold down pin (19). Remove strut (12) from brakeshoe (3). Remove spring (13) from strut. Using brake retaining hold down spring tool, remove 2 seats (10) and spring (11).

7. 8. 9.

TA503928

4-44

Remove brakeshoe (3) from backing plate (6). NOTE Handbrake cable assembly (18) and handbrake lever (7) will still be attached to brakeshoe (3). Remove hold down pin (5). Remove retainer (8) and handbrake lever (7) from brakeshoe (3). 12. 11.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-31. BRAKESHOE REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). 10. Disconnect handbrake cable assembly (18) from handbrake lever (7). TA503929 4-45 . Discard retainer. 13.

9. 1. Avoid contact with skin. 6. Minimum thickness is 1/8 in. c. brakedrums. eyes. soft brush or cloth. install 2 seats (16) and spring (17). CLEANING AND INSPECTION WARNING DO NOT handle brakeshoes. Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. Inspect linings for cracks or looseness. Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. Install spring (13) on strut (12) and position strut on brakeshoe (3). and clothes.2 mm). and DO NOT breathe vapors. b. or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. Position hold down pin (5) and brakeshoe (3) at backing plate (6). and use only in a well-ventilated area.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-31. 5. replace brakeshoes. BRAKESHOE REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). 4. Clean all parts with dry cleaning solvent. (3. or linings are worn or damaged. 4. Dry thoroughly. 4-46 . The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). Connect handbrake cable assembly (18) to handbrake lever (7). INSTALLATION Install handbrake lever (7) on brakeshoe (3) with new retainer (8). 5. Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. Install adjuster (14) and adjusting screw spring (15). Position hold down pin (19) and brakeshoe (1) at backing plate (6). If brakeshoes are damaged. Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. 2. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. 2. 3. Using brake retaining hold down spring tool. 1. Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. 3. Measure thickness of linings. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. If solvent contacts eyes. Using brake retaining hold down spring tool. 8. immediately get fresh air and medical help. 7. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. install 2 seats (10) and spring (11). Inspect brakeshoes for cracks. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel. Install guide plate (9) on anchor pin (2).

q Adjust brakes (para 4-29).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-31. Install 2 springs (4) on brakeshoes (1 and 3) and anchor pin (2). BRAKESHOE REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). TA503930 4-47 . 10. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q Install hub and brakedrum (para 4-37).

Rags (Item 9. Ensure that all spills are cleaned up. 2. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: Install brakeshoe (para 4-31). b. Removal b. This Task Covers: a. q TA503931 4-48 . 1.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-32. INSTALLATION 1. Loosen inverted nut (1) and disconnect tube assembly (2) from wheel cylinder (5). Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Materials/Parts: q Brakeshoe removed (para 4-31). Install wheel cylinder (5) on backing plate (4) with 2 screws (3). Remove 2 screws (3) and wheel cylinder (5) from backing plate (4). 2. REMOVAL NOTE A suitable container should be used to catch any draining brake fluid. Connect tube assembly (2) to wheel cylinder (5) and tighten inverted nut (1). q Bleed brakes (para 4-33). Appendix E) Tools/Test Equipment: General mechanic’s tool kit q Drain pan q a. WHEEL CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (M416A1).

1. Remove locknut (1) and screw (5) securing shock absorber (4) to channel assembly (3). Pressure Bleeding Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: Tools/Test q Equipment: Brake fluid (Item 2. Ensure that all spills are cleaned up. Manual Bleeding b. Appendix E) q One locknut q Plastic tubing q Personnel Required: Two References: q q General mechanic’s tool kit • Common no. Manual bleeding procedure should be used only if a pressure bleeder is not available. This Task Covers: a.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-33. Failure to keep master cylinder filled will allow air to enter hydraulic brake system. Fluid level of master cylinder (2) should be checked frequently during bleeding procedure and fluid added as required. 1 shop set q Drain pan q Pressure bleeder q Quart container TB 43-0002-87 TM 9-4910 -709-14&P MANUAL BLEEDING NOTE This procedure is typical for both left and right wheels. a. Discard locknut. A suitable container should be used to catch any draining brake fluid. BLEEDING HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM (M416A1). Appendix E) q Rags (Item 9. TA503932 4-49 .

q 3. Ensure that free end of plastic tubing (6) stays submerged in brake fluid.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-33. steps 2 through 6. 7. • A suitable container should be used to catch any draining brake fluid. 6. PRESSURE BLEEDING NOTE • Fluid level of master cylinder (2) should be checked frequently during bleeding procedure and fluid added as required. 1. Install screw (5) and new locknut (1) to secure shock absorber (4) to channel assembly (3). Connect plastic tubing (6) to bleed fitting (7) on wheel cylinder. Bleed hydraulic brake system by performing MANUAL BLEEDING. Close bleed fitting (7) and disconnect plastic tubing (6). BLEEDING HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM (M416A1) (Con’t). NOTE Assistant should pump actuator slowly while brakes are bled. Failure to keep master cylinder filled will allow air to enter the hydraulic brake system. Connect pressure bleeder to master cylinder (2) and operate in accordance with instructions in TM 9-4910-709-14&P. Continue until no more air bubbles appear in brake fluid. Plastic tubing should be long enough to reach ground when connected. 2. Submerge free end of plastic tubing (6) in brake fluid. Open bleed fitting (7) 3/4 of a turn. Ensure that all spills are cleaned up. TA503933 4-50 . q 4. 5. Brake fluid and air will be forced through plastic tubing. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for other wheel. Fill container (8) 1/2 full with brake fluid and position by wheel being bled. b. 2.

Assembly h. Loosen inverted nut (4) and disconnect tube assembly (5) from coupling (3). Ensure that all spills are cleaned up. This Task Covers: a. c. Coupling to Hose Assembly Tube Assembly Installation. 2. Loosen inverted nut (14) and disconnect tube assembly (5) from master cylinder (1). Appendix E) One gasket • One Iockwasher q q Tools/Test Equipment: q General mechanic’s tool kit • Drain pan a. HYDRAULIC BRAKE LINES. Coupling to Hose g. d. TA503934 4-51 . b. TUBE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL. HOSES. Master Cylinder to f. Master Cylinder to Coupling Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: Rags (Item 9. Tube Assembly Removal. AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT (M416A1). 1. MASTER CYLINDER TO COUPLING NOTE A suitable container should be used to catch any draining brake fluid.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-34. Hose Assembly Removal Axle Tube Assembly Removal Axle Tube Assembly Installation Hose Assembly Installation Tube Assembly Installation. Coupling Tube Assembly Removal.

Remove clamp (7) from tube assembly (6). Remove screw (8) and clamp (7) securing tube assembly (6) to crossmember (2). Ensure that all spills are cleaned up. Remove tube assembly. Loosen inverted nut (9) and disconnect tube assembly (6) from hose assembly (10). 1. 3. HOSES. HYDRAULIC BRAKE LINES. Remove tube assembly. Remove coupling (3) from tube assembly (6). 4. b. TA503935 4-52 . 4. Remove 3 screws (12) and clamps (13) securing tube assembly (5) to chassis (11). AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT (M416A1 ) (Con’t). TUBE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL. COUPLING TO HOSE ASSEMBLY NOTE A suitable container should be used to catch any draining brake fluid. Remove 3 clamps (13) from tube assembly (5). 2. 3.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-34.

TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-34. Discard gasket. AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). Remove clip (15) securing hose assembly (10) to bracket (16). 2. HOSES. HYDRAULIC BRAKE LINES. 1. Remove hose assembly from bracket. HOSE ASSEMBLY R E M O V A L NOTE A suitable container should be used to catch any draining brake fluid. Remove hose assembly (10) and gasket (17) from tee (18). TA503936 4-53 . Ensure that all spills are cleaned up.

refer to Appendix G. HOSES. Iockwasher (25). AXLE TUBE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION NOTE For information on manufacturing tube assemblies (23). e. 1. Ensure that all spills are cleaned up. 3.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-34. AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). d. Install 2 clamps (28) on 2 tube assemblies (23). Remove 2 screws (27) and clamps (28) securing 2 tube assemblies (23) to axle (21). Remove tube assemblies. 1. Discard Iockwasher. 4. Remove nut (24). and nut (24). flatwasher (26). Remove 2 clamps (28) from tube assemblies (23). Loosen 2 inverted nuts (20) and disconnect 2 tube assemblies (23) from wheel cylinders (19). new Iockwasher (25). TA503937 4-54 . 5. AXLE TUBE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL NOTE A suitable container should be used to catch any draining brake fluid. 2. Loosen 2 inverted nuts (22) and disconnect 2 tube assemblies (23) from tee (18). 2. Install tee (18) on axle (21) with flatwasher (26). HYDRAULIC BRAKE LINES. and tee (18) from axle (21).

HYDRAULIC BRAKE LINES. Install 2 clamps (28) and tube assemblies (23) on axle (21) with 2 screws (27). Connect hose assembly (10) to tee (18). 3. 2. HOSES. AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). 3.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-34. Connect 2 tube assemblies (23) to wheel cylinders (19) and tighten 2 inverted nuts (20). 4. TA503938 4-55 . Install new gasket (17) on hose assembly (10). Connect 2 tube assemblies (23) to tee (18) and tighten 2 inverted nuts (22). 5. Install hose assembly (10) on bracket (16) with clip (15). HOSE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 1.

1. HYDRAULIC BRAKE LINES. refer to Appendix G. refer to Appendix G. Connect tube assembly (5) to coupling (3) and tighten inverted nut (4). Connect tube assembly (6) to hose assembly (10) and tighten inverted nut (9). Install clamp (7) and tube assembly (6) on crossmember (2) with screw (8). Install clamp (7) on tube assembly (6). Connect tube assembly (5) to master cylinder (1) and tighten inverted nut (14). TUBE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION. Install 3 clamps (13) on tube assembly (5). 2. MASTER CYLINDER TO COUPLING NOTE For information on manufacturing tube assembly (5). 4. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q Bleed brakes (para 4-33). 4. Install 3 clamps (13) and tube assembly (5) on chassis (11) with 3 screws (12). HOSES. 3. Install coupling (3) on tube assembly (6). TA503939 4-56 . TUBE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION. 2. COUPLING TO HOSE ASSEMBLY NOTE For information on manufacturing tube assembly (6). 1. g.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-34. AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT (M416A1) (Con’t). h. 3.

TA503940 4-57 . INSTALLATION 1. This Task Covers: a. Connect tube assembly (7) to master cylinder (5) and tighten inverted nut (6). Installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: q q Tools/Test Equipment: q q Rags (Item 9. 2. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: q Bleed brakes (para 4-33). 2. 1. Discard locknuts. Install master cylinder (5) and 4 spacers (4) in channel assembly (3) with 2 screws (2) and new locknuts (1). Removal b.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-35. NOTE A suitable container should be used to catch any draining brake fluid. Remove 4 spacers (4) and master cylinder from channel assembly. Ensure that all spills are cleaned up. Appendix E) Two locknuts REMOVAL General mechanic’s tool kit Drain pan a. MASTER CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (M416A1). Loosen inverted nut (6) and disconnect tube assembly (7) from master cylinder (5). Remove 2 locknuts (1) and screws (2) securing master cylinder (5) to channel assembly (3). b.

. . . . . . b. . . . c. . . Appendix E) Grease (Item 5. . . . HUBS. . . . . . . . Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section IX. . . Appendix E) q One oil seal q References: q TM 9-214 TA503941 4-58 . . . . . . Assembly Installation Wheel Bearing Adjustment Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: q Materials/Parts: q Wheel removed (para 3-7). . . . . Wheel Bearing. . . . Lower and remove floor jack. and Brakedrum Maintenance (M416) . . and Brakedrum Maintenance (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . 4-36. . WHEEL BEARING. . Hub. . . . . . Wheel Bearing. . . . There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. . . . . . . HUB. . . . . Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. . . . . . . REMOVAL WARNING DO NOT handle brakeshoes. . or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. Tires and Tubes Maintenance . AND BRAKEDRUMS MAINTENANCE Page Number 4-58 4-62 4-65 Paragraph Title Hub. Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. . Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel. . . Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet. . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix E) q Dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. . . . . Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit q Floor jack q Jackstand q Spindle-nut socket wrench a. . . . . . . WHEELS. . . . . . 1. . brakedrums. . . . . . This Task Covers: a. Position a suitable jackstand at rear corner of chassis (6). . Sealing compound (Item 3. Removal Disassembly Cleaning and Inspection d. . . . soft brush or cloth. . AND BRAKEDRUM MAINTENANCE (M416). . .

HUB. If complete disassembly is required. 3. 2. continue with step 3. 2. Tap out 5 shoulder bolts (1). Remove dust cap (14) from hub (7). Remove inner bearing (4) from hub (7). 6. Remove hub (7) and brakedrum (2) assembly from spindle (15). Remove nut (13) and keywasher (12). Remove nut (11) and keywasher (10). WHEEL BEARING. 3. 5. DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove inner and outer bearing cups (5 and 8). Separate hub (7) from brakedrum (2). 4. b. 4. Remove outer bearing (9) from hub (7). AND BRAKEDRUM MAINTENANCE (M416) (Con’t). TA503942 4-59 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-36. Remove oil seal (3) from hub (7) and discard. NOTE Hub (7) and brakedrum (2) assembly with inner and outer bearing cups (5 and 8) should remain assembled if brakedrum is to be repaired at direct support maintenance.

Avoid contact with skin. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel. WHEEL BEARING. 1. Replace any damaged part. f. • Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. HUB. Install keywasher (10) and nut (11) on spindle (15). 3. WHEEL BEARING ADJUSTMENT NOTE Inner and outer bearings (4 and 9) are adjusted properly when there is almost no noticeable movement between brakedrum (2) and top edge of brake backing plate when hub rocks on spindle (15) and turns freely. The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). Install inner and outer bearing cups (5 and 8) squarely into hub (7) until fully seated. Install new oil seal (3) in hub (7). If solvent contacts eyes. e. Pack outer bearing (9) with grease and install in hub (7). and clothes. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. d. Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. 3. eyes. Clean all removed parts with dry cleaning solvent and dry thoroughly. Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet. Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. ASSEMBLY Install hub (7) on brakedrum (2) with 5 shoulder bolts (1). 2. inner and outer bearing cups must also be replaced. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. Clean and inspect bearings and bearing cups in accordance with TM 9-214. 1. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. 3. and DO NOT breathe vapors. Tighten nut (11) until a slight drag is felt when hub (7) and brakedrum (2) are rotated. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. 4-60 . AND BRAKEDRUM MAINTENANCE (M416) (Con’t). Pack inner bearing (4) with grease and install in hub (7). soft brush or cloth. 1. INSTALLATION Install hub (7) and brakedrum (2) assembly on spindle (15). immediately get fresh air and medical help. 4. brakedrums. 2. and use only in a well-ventilated area. 2. Do not tighten nut. c.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-36. NOTE If inner and outer bearings need replacing. Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. 1. CLEANING AND INSPECTION WARNING • DO NOT handle brakeshoes.

Rotate hub (7) and brakedrum (2) 1 full turn. Raise chassis (6) using a suitable floor jack positioned under axle near wheel. AND BRAKEDRUM MAINTENANCE (M416) (Con’t). 3. While rocking hub (7) and brakedrum (2) back and forth. WHEEL BEARING. Lightly coat flange of dust cap (14) with sealing compound.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-36. Fully tighten nut. 6. TA503943 4-61 . Remove jackstand from chassis. 7. 5. Install keywasher (12) and nut (13) on spindle (15). 4. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Install wheel (para 3-7). slowly tighten nut (11) until looseness disappears. Install dust cap on hub (7). While rocking hub (7) and brakedrum (2). • Adjust brakes (para 4-28). HUB. loosen nut (11) until a slight looseness is felt. 2.

Appendix E) Dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. 2. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. Appendix E) One cotter pin One oil seal WARNING DO NOT handle brakeshoes. 5. Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet. Removal Disassembly Cleaning and Inspection d. soft brush or cloth. brakedrums. Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. 4. 6. Lower and remove floor jack. c. f. Assembly Installation Wheel Bearing Adjustment Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: • Wheel removed (para 3-7) . Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. Position a suitable jackstand under rear corner of chassis (4). HUB. Remove inner bearing (2) from brakedrum (11). Remove oil seal (1) from brakedrum (11) and discard. Remove keywasher (7) and outer bearing (6) from brakedrum (11). 4-62 . b. Remove brakedrum (11) from spindle (13). Discard cotter pin. Remove cotter pin (9) from slotted nut (8) and spindle (13). e. 1. Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. 2.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-37. Remove slotted nut (8) from spindle (1 3). WHEEL BEARING. This Task Covers: a. Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit • Floor jack • Jackstand References: • TM 9-214 Materials/Parts: • • • • • Sealing compound (Item 3. 1. 3. or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. Remove dust cap (10) from brakedrum (11). Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel. AND BRAKEDRUM MAINTENANCE (M416A1). Appendix E) Grease (Item 5.

The solvent’s flash point is 100 °F-1300F (38 °C-590C). continue with step 3. Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Clean all removed parts with dry cleaning solvent and dry thoroughly. HUB. NOTE If inner and outer bearings need replacing. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel. Remove inner and outer bearing cups (3 and 5). immediately get fresh air and medical help. soft brush or cloth. Tap out 5 shoulder bolts (12) from brakedrums (11). Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet. Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. If solvent contacts eyes. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. TA503944 4-63 . Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. 1. CLEANING AND INSPECTION WARNING DO NOT handle brakeshoes. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. brakedrums. WHEEL BEARING. If complete disassembly is required. and clothes. c. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. AND BRAKEDRUM MAINTENANCE (M416A1) (Con’t). 3. Avoid contact with skin. NOTE Brakedrum (11) with inner and outer bearing cups (3 and 5) should remain assembled if brakedrum is to be repaired at direct support maintenance. 4. and use only in a well-ventilated area. eyes. and DO NOT breathe vapors. inner and outer bearing cups must also be replaced.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-37.

2. Replace any damaged part. Pack inner bearing (2) with grease and install in brakedrum (11). Do not tighten slotted nut. 1. Clean and inspect bearings and bearing cups in accordance with TM 9-214. Install inner and outer bearing cups (3 and 5) squarely into brakedrum (11). NOTE Inner and outer bearings (2 and 6) are adjusted properly when there is almost no noticeable movement between brakedrum (11) and top edge of brake backing plate when brakedrum rocks on spindle (13) and turns freely. Install keywasher (7) and slotted nut (8) on spindle (13). 1. Install brakedrum (11) on spindle (13). 2. HUB. 2. AND BRAKEDRUM MAINTENANCE (M416A1) (Con’t). TA503945 4-64 . tighten slotted nut (8) until a slight drag is felt.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-37. 3. Pack outer bearing (6) with grease and install in brakedrum (11). Install new oil seal (1). 1. WHEEL BEARING. 3. 4. While rotating brakedrum (11). 3. Tap 5 shoulder bolts (12) into brakedrum (11). 2. Rotate brakedrum (11) 1 full turn.

Install dust cap on brakedrum (11). 5. WHEEL BEARING. AND BRAKEDRUM MAINTENANCE (M416A1) (Con’t). Lightly coat flange of dust cap (10) with sealing compound. Install new cotter pin (9) in slotted nut (8) and spindle (13). 4-65 . Raise chassis (4) using a suitable floor jack positioned under axle near wheel. slowly tighten slotted nut (8) until looseness disappears. Replace tires and tubes and repair tubes in accordance with TM 9-2610-200-24. Remove jackstand from chassis. While rocking brakedrum (11). 4. 4-38. • Adjust brakes (para 4-29). 7. TIRES AND TUBES MAINTENANCE. 6. While rocking brakedrum (11) back and forth. 3. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Install wheel (para 3-7). loosen slotted nut (8) until a slight looseness is felt.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-37. HUB.

. . Remove 2 nuts (7). . . . . Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit • Common No. . . . . . . 4-66 Position channel (8) for installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lockwashers (6) . . . Remove U-bolt and channel from chassis (5). handbrake lever and mounting bracket are removed when U-bolt (9) is removed. . . . . . . . . . Landing Leg Replacement . . FRAME AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS MAINTENANCE Paragraph Title Actuator With Drawbar Coupler Maintenance (M416A1) . . . . . Page Number 4-68 4-66 4-74 4-77 4-39. . . NOTE On right side only. . Remove 2 locknuts (2) from U-bolt (9) securing channel (8) to front crossmember (1). . . Drawbar Coupler Maintenance (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 shop set • Torque wrench. . . . . . . .and screws (3) securing channel (8) to chassis bracket (4). . CHANNEL REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . .m) Materials/Parts: • Two locknuts • Two Iockwashers Personnel Required: Two 1. . (M416) • Drawbar coupler disassembled (para 4-41). . This Task Covers: a. . . . . . . Channel Replacement . . . . . 0-175 Ib. . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section X. .-ft. Discard locknuts. . . . . . . . . . . Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: • Actuator with drawbar coupler removed (M416A1 ) (para 4-40). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Tube assembly removed (master cylinder to coupler) (M416A1) (para 4-34). . . . . Discard lockwashers. Removal b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 1. . . . . . . (0-237 N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Intervehicular cable removed (para 4-20). . . . . . .

handbrake lever and mounting bracket are installed when U-bolt (9) is installed. 2. Loosely install channel (8) to front crossmember (1) with U-bolt (9) and 2 new locknuts (2). FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • • • • Install tube assembly (master cylinder to coupling) (M416A1 ) (para 4-34). Install actuator with drawbar coupler (M416A1 ) (para 4-40). Assemble drawbar coupler (M416) (para 4-41). NOTE On right side only. 3. 4.-ft. new Iockwashers (6). (102 N•m). Tighten 2 locknuts (2) to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m). and nuts (7). TA503946 4-67 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-39. Install intervehicular cable (para 4-20). Loosely install channel (8) to chassis bracket (4) with 2 screws (3). CHANNEL REPLACEMENT (Con’t). Tighten 2 nuts (7) to 75 Ib.

Removal Disassembly Cleaning and Inspection d. ACTUATOR WITH DRAWBAR COUPLER MAINTENANCE (M416A1). Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit • Common No.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-40. Loosen inverted nut (2) and disconnect tube assembly (3) from master cylinder (1). Assembly Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: • Landing leg removed (para 4-42). Appendix E) • One snapring • Seventeen locknuts Personnel Required: Two 1. b. e. TA503947 4-68 . 1 shop set • Retaining ring pliers Materials/Parts: • Dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. c. This Task Covers: a.

2. Remove 4 screws (8) and locknuts (6) securing actuator (10) to channels (7). ACTUATOR WITH DRAWBAR COUPLER MAINTENANCE (M416A1) (Con’t). Remove nut (4) and screw (9) securing 2 safety chains (5) to channels (7). NOTE Ensure that assistant supports actuator (10) for steps 3 and 4. TA503948 4-69 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-40. Remove actuator (10) from channels (7). Remove safety chains. 4. Discard locknuts. 3.

1. 5. ACTUATOR WITH DRAWBAR COUPLER MAINTENANCE (M416A1 ) (Con’t).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-40. 3. washer (31 ). Discard locknuts. spring (32). Remove Iockpin and spring (33) from channel (1 6). Remove 2 locknuts (24) and screws (22) securing master cylinder (1) to channel (16). Remove master cylinder and 4 spacers (23). Remove pin (30). Remove drawbar coupler bracket. 2. Remove locknut (20) and screw (19) securing drawbar coupler bracket (21) to channel (16). TA503949 4-70 . and push rod (25) from channel (16). Discard locknut. Bend Iockpin (34) until straight. Remove plug (35) from Iockpin (34) and channel (1 6). 4.

open link and remove breakaway chain (36) from breakaway lever (37). or other damage. Install washer (31 ). Install Iockpin (34) and spring (33) in channel (16). Discard locknuts. Bend Iockpin to a 90° angle. 8. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. and use only in a well-ventilated area. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. 7. Remove drawbar coupler (28) with shock absorber from channel. and DO NOT breathe vapors. excessive corrosion. If solvent contacts eyes. 2. and 4 shafts (13). 10. 7. damaged threads. Install master cylinder (1) on channel (16) with 4 spacers (23). Remove snapring (29) and pin (27) and separate shock absorber (26) from drawbar coupler (28). Discard snapring. 1. 10. 8 bearings (12). If removed. 9. Remove locknut (14) and screw (18) securing breakaway lever (37) to channel (1 6). ACTUATOR WITH DRAWBAR COUPLER MAINTENANCE (M416A1) (Con’t). Remove locknut (15) and screw (17) securing shock absorber (26) to channel (1 6). The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). install breakaway chain (36) on breakaway lever (37). Install shock absorber (26) on drawbar coupler (28) with pin (27) and new snapring (29). eyes. 6. Install drawbar coupler bracket (21) on channel (16) with screw (19) and new locknut (20). 9. push rod (25). Avoid contact with skin. 6. 8 bearings (12).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-40. spring (32). DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. 4-71 . Always wear protective goggles and gloves. WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. distortion. Position drawbar coupler (28) with shock absorber (26) in channel (1 6). Discard locknut. 2. Inspect all parts for cracks. Clean all removed parts with dry cleaning solvent and dry thoroughly. Discard locknut. immediately get fresh air and medical help. and new locknuts (24). 3. 3. Install plug (35) in channel (16). Install breakaway lever (37) on channel (16) with screw (18) and new locknut (14). 4 connecting links (38). 1. Replace all damaged parts. 2 screws (22). Secure shock absorber to channel with screw (17) and new locknut (15). 4. Remove 8 locknuts (11). and pin (30) on drawbar coupler (28). If damaged. and clothes. 5. Remove breakaway lever. and 8 new locknuts (11). 4 connecting links (38). 8. Secure drawbar coupler (28) to channel (16) with 4 shafts (13). Close link to secure breakaway chain.

2. With assistance. position actuator (10) in channels (7).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-40. 3. ACTUATOR WITH DRAWBAR COUPLER MAINTENANCE (M416A1) (Con’t). 1. Install 2 safety chains (5) with screw (9) and nut (4). install 4 screws (8) and new locknuts (6) to secure actuator (10) to channels (7). TA503950 4-72 .

FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Install landing leg (para 4-42). ACTUATOR WITH DRAWBAR COUPLER MAINTENANCE (M416A1) (Con’t).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-40. Connect tube assembly (3) to master cylinder (1) and tighten inverted nut (2). • Bleed brakes (para 4-33). • Lubricate landing leg Iockpin and pivot bolt (Chapter 3. TA503951 4-73 . Section 1). 4.

and use only in a well-ventilated area. DO NOT use near open frame or excessive heat. 5. or other damage. 2. This Task Covers: a. WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Remove keywasher (6). Discard locknuts. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. Remove locknut (20) and screw (13) securing drawbar coupler bracket (19) to drawbar bracket (2). DRAWBAR COUPLER MAINTENANCE (M416). distortion. and drawbar coupler from drawbar bracket. and clothes. Remove 2 lubrication fittings (3) from drawbar bracket (2). 1. damaged threads. Appendix E) • One cotter pin • Six locknuts 1. Remove locknut (18) and screw (16) securing 2 safety chains (17) to drawbar bracket (2) and channels (14). Discard locknut. Remove plug (10) from Iockpin (11). b. Bend Iockpin (11) until straight. eyes. 6. Inspect all parts for cracks. Clean all removed parts with dry cleaning solvent and dry thoroughly. Remove safety chains. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. Discard cotter pin. if you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. Assembly Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: • Landing leg removed (para 4-42). Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit • Feeler gage Materials/Parts: • Dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. immediately get fresh air and medical help. Remove drawbar bracket. if solvent contacts eyes. 2.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-41. excessive corrosion. Avoid contact with skin. 3. spring (5). Remove 4 locknuts (9) and screws (15) securing drawbar bracket (2) to channels (14). The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). flatwasher (4). and DO NOT breathe vapors. 3. Remove cotter pin (7) and slotted nut (8) securing drawbar coupler (1) to drawbar bracket (2). 7. Replace all damaged parts. Remove Iockpin and spring (1 2). 4-74 . Remove drawbar coupler bracket. Discard locknut. 4. Disassembly Cleaning and Inspection c.

Install 2 lubrication fittings (3) in drawbar bracket (2). spring (5). NOTE Drawbar coupler (1) may be positioned in either of 2 positions. and slotted nut (8) on drawbar coupler (1). (0.25 mm) feeler gage inserted between coils of spring can be removed with a slight drag. DRAWBAR COUPLER MAINTENANCE (M416) (Con’t). Install 2 safety chains (17) on drawbar bracket (2) and channels (14) with screw (16) and new locknut (18). 5. TA503952 4-75 . keywasher (6). Tighten slotted nut until a 0. 2. Determine height needed before assembling. 1.TM 9-2330-251 -14&P 4-41. 3. install drawbar coupler (1) in high or low position in drawbar bracket (2).010 in. Install drawbar bracket (2) on channels (14) with 4 screws (15) and new locknuts (9). 4. Install flatwasher (4).

7. Install plug (10). Secure slotted nut (8) to drawbar coupler (1) with new cotter pin (7). FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Install landing leg (para 4-42). Install drawbar coupler bracket (19) on drawbar bracket (2) with screw (13) and new locknut (20). 8. DRAWBAR COUPLER MAINTENANCE (M416) (Con’t). • Lubricate landing leg Iockpin and pivot bolt. 6. Bend Iockpin to a 90° angle.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-41. TA503953 4-76 . Section 1). and drawbar bracket (Chapter 3. Install spring (12) and Iockpin (11).

Raise front of trailer and remove 2 jackstands from framerails (1) at front crossmember (2). TA503954 4-77 . resulting in injury to personnel or damage to equipment.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-42. Remove landing leg. This Task Covers: a. WARNING Ensure that landing leg is locked in the down position before continuing with task. Ensure that landing leg (5) is locked in the down position (para 2-8). 2. 2. Rest weight of trailer on landing leg (5). Removal b. Install landing leg (5) on drawbar coupler bracket (4) with 2 screws (6) and new locknuts (3). Failure to follow this warning could cause trailer to fall. Discard locknuts. Support front of trailer on jackstands. 3. Raise front of trailer and position 2 jackstands under framerails (1) at front crossmember (2). Installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: • TWO locknuts Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit • Floor jack • Two jackstands 1. Remove 2 locknuts (3) and screws (6) securing landing leg (5) to drawbar coupler bracket (4). 1. LANDING LEG REPLACEMENT.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. . . . . Appendix E) 0ne cotter pin Two bushings Twelve lockwashers Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit • Floor jack • Jackstand 1. . . . . SPRING ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE. Lower floor jack until tires rest on ground. Spring Assembly Maintenance . . . g. . . f.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section XI. . . . d. . . . . . . TA503955 4-78 . Jackstand holds weight of trailer off spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . This Task Covers: a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page Number 4-84 4-78 4-83 4-43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position a suitable floorjack under axle (1) and raise trailer until tires clear ground. . . . . . . . . Spring Bumper Replacement. SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS MAINTENANCE Paragraph Title Shock Absorber Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. . . . . b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove floorjack. . . . Front and Rear Bracket Installation U-Bolt Installation Spring Assembly installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: • • • • • Detergent (Item 4. Appendix E) Dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. . . . . . . . . .. Position jackstand under rear corner of chassis (2) . . . c. . Spring Assembly Removal U-Bolt Removal Front and Rear Bracket Removal Cleaning and Inspection e. .

and 2 U-bolts (3) and move plate assembly (5) away from spring assembly (4). SPRING ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t). Lower floor jack and remove spring assembly (4) from U-bolt (13). Remove bearing (12) securing spring assembly (4) to U-bolt (13). TA503956 4-79 . 5. 9. Discard lockwashers. Remove cotter pin (16). Remove fitting (9) from bolt (8). Position floor jack under center of spring assembly (4) to support weight of spring. Iockwashers (7). 4. nut (15). 8. Remove 4 nuts (6). 6. Remove fitting (11 ) from bearing (1 2).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-43. and bolt (8) securing spring assembly (4) to front bracket (14). Discard cotter pin. 7. 10.

Discard Iockwashers. The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. Remove bearing (21) and U-bolt (13) from rear bracket (10). 3.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-43. and clothes. WARNING Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Repeat step 1 to remove rear bracket (10) from chassis (2). TA503957 4-80 . Iockwashers (19). 2. Remove 4 nuts (18). SPRING ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t). 1. If solvent contacts eyes. Dry thoroughly. 2. and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin. Remove 2 bushings (22) and retainers (23) from U-bolt (13). Discard bushings. Remove fitting (20) from bearing (21 ). and DO NOT breathe vapors. eyes. Clean all removed metal parts in dry cleaning solvent. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. Use soap and water solution to clean all other parts. screws (1 7). 1. immediately get fresh air and medical help. and front bracket (14) from chassis (2). Always wear protective goggles and gloves. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. 1.

or other damage. Replace all damaged parts. Install 2 retainers (23) and new bushings (22) on U-bolt (13). 2. Inspect all parts for cracks. excessive corrosion. TA503958 4-81 . and nuts (18). Install front bracket (14) on chassis (2) with 4 screws (17). Install fitting (9) in bolt (8). 1. 2.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-43. Install fitting (11) in bearing (12). 3. 4. 3. Secure spring assembly (4) to front bracket (14) with bolt (8). SPRING ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t). nut (15). distortion. Secure spring assembly (4) to U-bolt (13) with bearing (1 2). and new cotter pin (16). damaged threads. 6. 2. Install U-bolt (13) on rear bracket (10) with bearing (21 ). Install fitting (20) in bearing (21). 3. Repeat step 1 to install rear bracket (10) on chassis (2). new Iockwashers (19). 2. 5. Lower floor jack and remove. Use a floor jack to raise spring assembly (4) into position on U-bolt (1 3). 1. 1.

11. 9. Lower floor jack and remove. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Lubricate spring assembly (Chapter 3. Use a floor jack to raise axle (1) so that tires are off ground. 4 new Iockwashers (7). SPRING ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t). 7.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-43. Secure spring assembly (4) to axle (1) with 2 U-bolts (3). 10. TA503959 4-82 . and nuts (6) . Section I). Position plate assembly (5) under spring assembly (4) and axle (1). Remove jackstand. 8.

This Task Covers: a. Iockwashers (5). Install spring bumper (3) on chassis (2) with 2 bolts (1). Removal b.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-44. Discard Iockwashers. SPRING BUMPER REPLACEMENT. TA503960 4-83 . Installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: • Two Iockwashers Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit Remove 2 nuts (4). new Iockwashers (5) and nuts (4). bolts (1) and spring bumper (3) from chassis (2).

If removed. Removal b. and 2 washers (5) on bracket (3) and plate assembly (8). and screws (1). new Iockwashers (10). 4 bushings (4). SHOCK ABSORBER REPLACEMENT. remove 4 nuts (9). TA503961 4-84 . 3.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-45. Remove bracket from framerail (2). 3. Discard lockwashers. and nuts (9). shock absorber (7). Discard bushings. If bracket (3) is damaged. Install 4 new bushings (4). 2. 2. Remove 2 washers (5). 1. This Task Covers: a. install bracket (3) on framerail (2) with 4 screws (1). Secure shock absorber (7) to bracket (3) and plate assembly (8) with 2 new cotter pins (6). Remove 2 cotter pins (6) and discard. Iockwashers (10). and shock absorber (7) from bracket (3) and plate assembly (8). Installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: • Two cotter pins • Four bushings • Four Iockwashers Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit 1.

. . . . . With assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: • Five Iockwashers Personnel Required: Two Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit 1. . . . . 2 new Iockwashers (8). and nuts (7). . . . . . . . Iockwashers (8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully tighten 3 nuts (6) and 2 nuts (7). Removal b. . . . 4. . . . . Fender Replacement . and 3 screws (3) securing fender (1) to body (10). . . . . . . . . . and nuts (6). . . . . . . Iockwashers (5). . . . . . . . . . Remove 2 nuts (7). . . . . . . . . . Loosely install fender (1) to chassis (4) with 2 screws (11). FENDER REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . 2. . Remove fender. . . Loosely install fender (1) to body (10) with 3 screws (3). . 4 flatwashers (9). . . . . While assistant supports fender (l). . . . . . . . . . Discard Iockwashers. . . . . . . . . . . . . TA503962 2. . . . This Task Covers: a. . 1. . . . . 4-85 . . . remove3 nuts (6). . . . . . . . . . 6 flatwashers (2). . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section XII. . 4 flatwashers (9). . . . . . . . . Page Number 4-87 4-86 4-85 4-46. Discard lockwashers. . 3 new Iockwashers (5). . . . Drain Valve Replacement . position fender (1) for installation. . . . . . . . . 3. . . . . and 2 screws (11) securing fender (1) to chassis (4). BODY MAINTENANCE Paragraph Title Cargo Body Replacement . . 6 flatwashers (2). .

TA503963 4-86 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-47. Install drain valve (3) and support (4) with 2 new lockwashers (2) and screws (1). Discard Iockwashers. This Task Covers: a. Installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: • Two Iockwashers Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit Remove 2 screws (1) and Iockwashers (2) from support (4). Remove support and drain valve (3). Removal b. DRAIN VALVE REPLACEMENT.

Installation Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: • Fender disconnected from chassis (para 4-46). Removal b. CARGO BODY REPLACEMENT. This Task Covers: a. Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit Materials/Parts: • Eight Iockwashers Personnel Required: TWO 4-87 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-48.

CARGO BODY REPLACEMENT (Con’t). 16 flatwashers (2). and 8 screws (3) securing cargo body (1) to chassis (4). Discard Iockwashers. 1. Remove 8 nuts (6). Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury to personnel. Use a suitable lifting device to lift cargo body (1) from chassis (4). WARNING Stand clear of lifting device when raising or lowering cargo body (1).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-48. TA503964 4-88 . Iockwashers (5). 2.

1. Secure cargo body (1) to chassis (4) with 8 screws (3). 8 new Iockwashers (5). Position cargo body (1) on chassis (4). WARNING Stand clear of lifting device when raising or lowering cargo body (1). 4-89 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-48. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Connect fender to chassis (para 4-46). CARGO BODY REPLACEMENT (Con’t). Failure to follow this warning may result in serious Injury to personnel. 16 flatwashers (2). and nuts (6). 2.

. . . . . Page Number 4-91 4-90 4-49. . . . and reflector (3) from cargo body (6). . REFLECTOR REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and nuts (5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . flatwashers (2). . . . . . Removal b. . . . . . . . . . BODY ACCESSORIES MAINTENANCE Paragraph Title Identification Plate Replacement . . . . . . Reflector Replacement . . . . . . Install reflector (3) on cargo body (6) with 2 screws (1). . new lockwashers (4). . . screws (1).TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section XIII. . . lockwashers (4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This Task Covers: a. . . . . . . . Installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: • Two Iockwashers Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit Remove 2 nuts (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA503965 4-90 . . . . . . . Discard lockwashers. . . . flatwashers (2). . .

This Task Covers: a. Discard Iockwashers. Installation Initial Setup: Materials/Parts: • Two Iockwashers • Six rivets Tools/Test Equipment: • • • • General mechanic’s tool kit Common no. and screws (6) securing identification plate (7) to right side of chassis (8). Remove identification plate. IDENTIFICATION PLATE REPLACEMENT. TA503966 4-91 . blind Safety goggles 1.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-50. Removal b. Iockwashers (5). Remove 8 screws (9) and identification plate (10) from rear of chassis (8). 2. Remove 2 nuts (4). 1 shop set Hand riveter.

Install identification plate (1) on cargo body (2) with 6 new rivets (3). Failure to follow this warning may result in serious eye injury. Discard rivets. Install identification plate (7) on right side of chassis (8) with 2 screws (6). TA503967 4-92 . NOTE Ensure that information on ail plates is Iegible. Remove identification plate (1) from cargo body (2). 3. Drive 6 rivet (3) bodies out of cargo body (2). cut heads off 6 rivets (3). 2. IDENTIFICATION PLATE REPLACEMENT (Con’t). Using hammer and chisel. Install identification plate (10) on rear of chassis (8) with 8 screws (9). 4. 3. new Iockwashers (5).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-50. WARNING Safety goggles must be worn when removing rivets (3) from identification plate (1). 1. and nuts (4) .

. . . will be on a quarterly basis. . . . Procedures for Common Components and Miscellaneous Items . . . . . . . General . . . . . . PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT Paragraph Title Care of Equipment in Administrative Storage . . . . . . . maintenance services. . . . . Definition of Administrative Storage . . . Preparation of Equipment for Shipment . . . . Records and reports to be maintained for equipment in administrative storage are those prescribed by DA Pam 738-750 for equipment in use. . Table 4-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (1) Select the best available site for administrative storage. . . . . or as otherwise may be prescribed by the approving authority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a current PMCS should be completed and deficiencies corrected. . . . . . . . . . 4-93 . . . or mileage used to determine required maintenance actions. . . Report equipment in administrative storage as prescribed for all reportable equipment. . e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a. . . d. During the storage period appropriate maintenance records will be kept. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercise Schedule. and lubrication as specified herein. . . . . . running hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL. . . . . . . . Equipment that is placed in administrative storage should be capable of being readied to perform its mission within a 24-hour period. . . . . . . . . . . Before equipment is placed in administrative storage. . The placement of equipment in administrative storage can be for short periods of time when a shortage of maintenance effort exists. . . . . . Storage Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . Items should be ready for use within the time factors as determined by the directing authority. . . This section contains requirements and procedures for administrative storage of equipment that is issued to and in use by Army activities worldwide. . . . . . . . . . . . as mentioned throughout this section. . . . A 10% variance is acceptable on time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section XIV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal of Equipment from Administrative Storage . Accomplishment of applicable PMCS. . . Page Number 4-95 4-93 4-96 4-93 4-93 4-96 4-96 4-96 4-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52. . . . . a. . . . . . c. . . Separate stored equipment from equipment in use. . f. Conspicuously mark the area “Administrative Storage”. . . . g. . . b. . . . . . . . Preparation of Equipment for Administrative Storage . . . . . . . . . . . The requirements specified herein are necessary to maintain equipment in administrative storage in such a way as to achieve the maximum readiness condition. . . . . DEFINITION OF ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Perform inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . h. . . . .

Correct all shortcomings and deficiencies prior to storage. (3) Preservation. 4-94 . Correction of Shortcomings and Deficiencies. ( 2 ) I n s p e c t i o n . or any combination thereof. Section 1. c. place a tag or list indicating the location of the removed items in a conspicuous place on the major item. (1) Store equipment so as to provide maximum protection from the elements and to provide access for inspection. After cleaning and drying. d. (2) Covered space is preferred. b. (1) Process auxiliary equipment and basic issue items simultaneously with the major item to which they are assigned. soft ground. e. or loose debris. PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE (Con’t). and take adequate precautions. high humidity. inspect and approve the equipment prior to storage. or any exterior opening if it will damage a component. or buffing. Remove rust and damaged paint by scraping. Painting. heavy snows. as appropriate (Chapter 3. grease. mud. Maintenance Service and inspection. and other contaminants but do not use vapor decreasing. General Cleaning. dust. if available. sanding. well drained. maintenance. (2) Take into consideration environmental conditions such as extreme heat or cold. (2) Painting. In addition. (2) If possible. and store in protective type closures. Sand to a smooth finish and spot paint as necessary (TB 43-0209). under pressure. (3) Open sites should be improved hardstand. Lubricate equipment in accordance with instructions in Chapter 3. Storage Plan. wire brushing. immediately coat unpainted metal surfaces with an oil or grease. Prior to storage. g.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-53. against unsealed electrical systems. its registration or serial number and location. store auxiliary equipment and basic issue items with the major item. or obtain a d eferment from the approving authority. Lubrication. and free of excessive vegetation. (1) Maintenance Service. perform the next scheduled organizational PMCS. f. Section l). Do not place nonmission-capable equipment in storage. Clean the equipment of dirt. (3) Establish a fire plan and provide for adequate fire fighting equipment and personnel. Anticipate removal or deployment problems and take suitable precautions. mark auxiliary equipment and basic issue items with tags indicating the major item. (1) Cleaning. Auxiliary Equipment and Basic issue Items. blowing sand. (3) if stored apart from the major item. CAUTION Do not direct water or steam. and exercising. Unimproved sites should be firm. and Preservation.

Immediately take action to correct shortcomings and deficiencies noted. Place equipment and provide blocking or framing to allow for ventilation and water drainage. remove blocks. d. (2) Condition of preservatives. Depreserve equipment by removing only that material restricting exercise. rot. Inspect equipment in open storage weekly and equipment in covered storage monthly. or dust. (3) Corrective Action. Make several right and left 90° turns.and after-operation checks. and dirt tend to accelerate deterioration. After exercising. Record inspection and exercise results on DA Form 2404. perform all maintenance on-site. Section 1. Install all covers (including vehicle protective closures) authorized for the equipment. Inspection will usually be visual and must consist of at least a walk-around examination of all equipment to detect any deficiencies. (7) Any other readily recognizable shortcomings or deficiencies. Sunlight. Scheduled services will include inspection per paragraph 4-54b and will be conducted in accordance with Table 4-3. Exercising. c. After equipment has been placed in administrative storage. Make several hard braking stops without skidding. CARE OF EQUIPMENT IN ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE. a. (4) Corrosion or other deterioration. snow. PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE (Con’t). and wraps. Appendix E) between desiccant bags and metal surfaces to prevent corrosion. restore the preservation to the original condition. frayed. b. or mildew. Inspection. Seal openings to prevent the entry of rain. Do the following during exercising when it is convenient: operate all other functional components and perform all during. (6) Water in compartments. Close all drains. inspect. Replenish lubricants used during exercising and note the amount on DA Form 2408. Accomplish the required services and repairs as expeditiously as possible. moisture (humidity). 4-95 . The following are examples of things to look for during a visual inspection: (1) Low or flat tires. Lubricate in accordance with instructions in Chapter 3. (5) Missing or damaged parts. Exercise equipment in accordance with Table 4-3 and the following instructions: (1) Vehicle Major Exercise. (4) Weatherproofing. seals. Inspect all equipment immediately after any severe storm or environmental change. and perform all before-operation checks. Close and secure all openings except those required for venting and draining. Insert desiccant when complete seal is required. (3) Torn. service. NOTE Air circulation under draped covers reduces deterioration from moisture and heat. 4-54. Couple trailer to towing vehicle and drive for at least 25 mi (40 km). and exercise as specified herein. Whenever possible. or split canvas covers and tops. (2) Scheduled Semites. Repair During Administrative Storage. Maintenance Services. CAUTION Place a piece of barrier material (Item 1. heat. Record and report all maintenance actions on DA Form 2407.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-53. Support cover away from item surfaces that may rust. Keep equipment in an optimum state of readiness.

storage. b. b. a. 4-96 . or service the equipment before the scheduled dates in order to produce a staggered maintenance workload. Visually inspect tires during each walk-around inspection. refer to the applicable maintenance section in this manual for corrective maintenance procedures. or excessively worn. Seals may develop leaks during storage. the trailer does not have to be reprocessed for storage unless corrosion and deterioration are found during the inspection upon receipt. If leaking persists. and shipment of materiel. Servicing. Table 4-3. 4-57. Activation. Rotation. Restore the equipment to normal operating condition in accordance with the instructions contained in Chapter 4. Rotate items in accordance with any rotational plan that will keep equipment in an operational condition and reduce the maintenance effort. Refer to TM 55-200. Tires. Repairs that cannot be handled by the receiving unit must have tags attached listing the needed repairs. Trailers that have been removed from storage for shipment do not have to be reprocessed if they will reach their destination within the administrative storage period. packaging. Seals. Mark inflated and repaired tires with chalk for checking at the next inspection. PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPMENT. Section II. a. damaged. b. REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT FROM ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE. or shortly thereafter. loading. 4-56. This inspection includes checking with a tire gage. or if anticipated in-transit weather conditions make it necessary. repair. a. Inflate. as indicated on DD Form 1397. Resume the maintenance service schedule in effect at the commencement of storage. TM 55-601. or excessive preservation. When a trailer is received and has already been processed for domestic shipment. 4-55. Reprocess only if inspection reveals any corrosion. List on SF 364 all discrepancies found because of poor preservation. CARE OF EQUIPMENT IN ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE (Con’t). handling. or replace as necessary those found to be low. packing. c. Exercise Schedule.TM 9-2330-251-14&P 4-54. and TM 743-200-1 for additional instructions on processing. storage. PROCEDURES FOR COMMON COMPONENTS AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS. A report of these conditions will be submitted by the unit commander for action by an ordnance maintenance unit. marking. Weeks PMCS Scheduled Services Major Exercise 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 x 22 x x x x 24 x x x e.

Disassembly Cleaning and Inspection c. Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet. soft brush or cloth. Assembly Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: • Brakeshoes removed (para 4-30). This Task Covers: a. Tools/Test Equipment: • General mechanic’s tool kit • Field automotive shop set • Brake and clutch reliner Materials/Parts: • Dry cleaning solvent (Item 10. 5-1 . Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. brakedrums. BRAKESHOE REPAIR (M416). Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components.TM 9-2330-251-14&P CHAPTER 5 DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE Section 1. BRAKESHOE MAINTENANCE 5-1. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can ‘be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. Appendix E) • Two friction linings • Twenty rivets WARNING DO NOT handle brakeshoes. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel. Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. b.

TM 9-2330-251-14&P 5-1. 1. no repair is authorized. If solvent contacts eyes. NOTE This procedure describes replacement of friction linings (4) from 1 set of brakeshoes (3). Clean dust or mud away from brake components with water and a wet. There may be asbestos dust on these components which can be dangerous if you touch it or breathe it. and DO NOT breathe vapors. Repeat step 1 to install new friction lining (4) on other brakeshoe (3). Asbestos dust from friction linings is hazardous to your health. 1. FOLLOW-ON TASKS: • Install brakeshoes (para 4-30). Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Visually check pivot holes (2) for excessive wear. Wear an approved filter mask and gloves. Clean brakeshoes with dry cleaning solvent. immediately get fresh air and medical help. If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent. TA503968 5-2 . 2. Repeat step 1 to remove friction lining (4) from other brakeshoe (3). Never use compressed air or a dry brush to clean brake components. soft brush or cloth. Always wear protective goggles and gloves. If friction linings are bonded. 2. Remove 10 rivets (1) and friction lining (4) from brakeshoe (3). The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-130°F (38°C-59°C). 1. Install new friction lining (4) on brakeshoe (3) with 10 new rivets (1). WARNING Do not grind rivet (1) heads off of brakeshoes (3) when removing friction linings (4). eyes. Discard brakeshoes if pivot holes are excessively worn. Avoid contact with skin. BRAKESHOE REPAIR (M416) (Con’t). DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. and clothes. Discard rivets and friction lining. Visually check brakeshoes (3) for cracks and distortion. Dust may be removed using an industrial-type vacuum cleaner. Dry thoroughly. and use only in a well-ventilated area. Discard brakeshoes if cracked or distorted. WARNING DO NOT handle brakeshoes. 2. immediately wash your eyes and get medical aid. 3. or other brake components unless area has been properly cleaned. brakedrums. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel.

. TA503969 5-3 . . Tools/Test Equipment: • • • • • General mechanic’s tool kit Field automotive shop set Brakedrum lathe Dial indicator Inside micrometer. . . . . . . .4 5-2. . . . with extension b. . . . . . . HUBS. . . . . heat checking (4). . . . 2. . . . . . . . . . Repair 1. . . . . . . . Inspection Initial Setup: Equipment Conditions: • Hub and brakedrum removed (para 4-36 or 4-37) . . . . . . . BRAKEDRUM REPAIR This Task Covers: a. . . . . . . WHEELS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . and scoring (5) . . . .Reface braking surface if damaged (subpara b). . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il. . . . Visually check stud holes (2) in brakedrum (1) for cracks. . . . . . 5 . . Discard brakedrum with cracked stud holes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Tire Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND BRAKEDRUMS MAINTENANCE Page Number Paragraph Title Brakedrum Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visually check braking surface (6) for cracks (3). . . . . .

0004 in.25 mm). TIRE REPAIR. Reface braking surface (6) to remove all cracks (3).TM 9-2330-251-14&P 5-2. and scoring (5). (0. 1. heat checking (4). Check for out-of-round condition at 45° intervals. 4. Repair tires in accordance with TM 9-2610-200-24. Check brakedrum (1) for tapered condition. WARNING DO NOT use a brakedrum that exceeds maximum wear specifications. Failure to follow this warning may result in brake failure and serious injury or death. Maximum out-of-round is 0.53 cm). (0. inside diameter exceeds (33.25 mm) per cut .01 mm). Maximum taper is 0.20 in. 3. 2. 5-3.01 in. Discard brakedrum (1) with edge cracks or if 13. BRAKEDRUM REPAIR (Con’t). Remove a maximum of 0. (0.01 in. TA503970 5-4 .

Repair of body and fenders consists of welding. b. BODY REPAIR. Repair frame in accordance with TB 9-2300-247-40 and TM 9-237. FRAME MAINTENANCE 5-4. Repair of frame consists of welding. and reconditioning of damaged parts. a. Repair body and fenders in accordance with TM 9-237 and TM 43-0139. b. 5-5/( 5-6 Blank) . straightening. FRAME REPAIR. a.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Ill. and reconditioning of damaged parts. Section IV. BODY MAINTENANCE 5-5. straightening.

.

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

APPENDIX A REFERENCES

A-1 . SCOPE.
This appendix lists all forms, field manuals, technical bulletins, technical manuals, and other publications referenced in this manual and which apply to the operation and maintenance of the M416 and M416A1 Cargo Trailers.

A-2. PUBLICATION INDEX.
DA Pam 25-30, Consolidated Index of Arrny Publications and Blank Forms should be consulted frequently for latest changes or revisions and for new publications relating to materiel covered in this technical manual.

A-3. FORMS.
Refer to DA Pam 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS), for instructions on the use of maintenance forms. Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2404 Equipment Log Assembly (Records). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2408 Maintenance Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA FOrm 2407 Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DD Form 314 Processing and Reprocessing Record for Shipment, Storage, and lssue of Vehicles and Spare Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DD Form 1397 Product Quality Deficiency Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SF 368 Recommended Changes to Equipment Technical Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2028-2 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2028 Report of Discrepancy (ROD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SF364

A-4. FIELD MANUALS.
Army Motor Transport Units and Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 55-30 Basic Cold Weather Manual.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM31-70 Camouflage . . . . ... . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Desert Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..90-3 First Aid for Soldiers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 21-11 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 21-305 NBC Decontamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM 3-5 Northern Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 31-71 Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Materiel in Cold Weather (0°to-65°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM 9-207

A-5. TECHNICAL BULLETINS.
Brake Fluid, Silicone (BFS) Conversion Procedures for Tank Automotive Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB43-0002-87 Color, Marking, and Camouflage Painting of Military Vehicles, Construction Equipment, and Materials Handling Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 43-0209 Tactical Wheeled Vehicles: Repair of Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 9-2300-247-40 A-1

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

A-6. TECHNICAL MANUALS.
Deepwater Fording of Ordnance Materiel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM9-238 Inspection, Care, and Maintenance of Antifriction Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 9-214 Materials Used for Cleaning, Preserving, Abrading, and Cementing Ordnance Materiel and Related Items, Including Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM9-247 Operator’s Manual for Welding Theory and Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM9-237 Operator’s, Organizational, Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts List for Filler and Bleeder (EIS DIV- Parker Hannifin Corp., Model T3401GVT-01) (NSN4910-00-273-3658) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-4910-709-14&P Organizational, Direct Support, and General Support, Maintenance, Care, Maintenance, and Repair of Pneumatic Tires and Inner Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 9-2610-200-24 Painting instructions for Field Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 43-0139 Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 750-244-6 Railcar Loading Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 55-601 Railway Operating and Safety Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 55-200 Storage and Materials Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 743-200-1 A-7. OTHER PUBLICATIONS, Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AR 700-138 Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTA 8-100 Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic items) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTA 50-970

A-2

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART Section I. INTRODUCTION
B-1. GENERAL. a. This section provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions authorized at the various maintenance levels. b. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) in Section II designates overall authority and responsibility for the performance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the maintenance functions to the end item or component will be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of the designated maintenance levels. c. Section Ill lists the tools and test equipment (both special tools and common tool sets) required for each maintenance function as referenced from Section II. d. Section IV contains supplemental instructions and explanatory notes for a particular maintenance function. B-2. MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS. Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows: a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an “item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical characteristics with established standards through examination (e. g., by sight, sound, or feel). b. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards. c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to clean (includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical fluids, or gases. d. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting operating characteristics to specified parameters. e. Aline. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance. f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test, measuring, and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of two instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared. g. Remove/install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other maintenance functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair part, or module (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system. h. Replace, To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. “Replace” is authorized by the MAC and is shown as the third position of the SMR code. i. Repair. The application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting, removal/installation, and disassembly/assembly procedures, and maintenance actions to identify troubles and restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or assembly), end item, or system.

B-1

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

B-2. MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS (Con’t).
j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications (i. e., DMWR). Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally return an item to like new condition. k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours/miles, etc. ) considered in classifying Army equipment/components.

B-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, SECTION Il.
a. Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 lists functional group code numbers, the purpose of which is to identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher assembly. End item group number shall be “00,” b. Column 2, Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the names of components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized. c. Column 3, Maintenance Function. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in Column 2. (For a detailed explanation of these functions, refer to paragraph B-2. ) d. Column 4, Maintenance Level. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a work the figure in the appriopriate subcolumn(s), the level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in Column 3, This figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated level of maintenance. If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance levels, appropriate work time figures will be shown for each level. The work time figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item, or system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time (including any necessary disassembly/assembly time), troubleshooting/fault location time, and quality assurance/quality control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the Maintenance Allocation Chart. The symbol designations for the various maintenance levels are as follows: C 0 F H D . . . . . Unit (Operator or Crew) . . . . . Unit Organizational Maintenance . . . . . Direct Support Maintenance . . . . . General Support Maintenance . . . . . . Depot Maintenance

e. Column 5, Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies, by code, those common tool sets (not individual tools) and special tools, TMDE, and support equipment required to perform the designated function. f. Column 6, Remarks. This column shall, when applicable, contain a letter code, in alphabetic order, which shall be keyed to the remarks contained in Section IV. B-4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS, SECTION Ill. a. Column 1, Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool and test equipment reference code correlates with a code used in the MAC, Section Ii, Column 5. b. Column 2, Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the tool or test equipment,

B-2

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

B-4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS,

SECTION Ill (Con’t).
c. Column 3, Nomenclature, Name or identification of the tool or test equipment. d. Column 4, National/NATO Stock Number. The National or NATO Stock Number of the tool or test equipment. e. Column 5, Tool Number. The manufacturer’s part number.

B-5. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN REMARKS, SECTION IV.
a. Column 1, Reference Code. The code recorded in Column 6, Section II. b. Column 2, Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performed as indicated in the MAC, Section Il.

Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
(1) (2) (3) (4) Maintenance Level Unit Group Number 06 0609 Component/Assembly ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Blackout, Tail and Stoplights Composite Marker Light Assembly 0673 Chassis Wiring Harness InterVehicular Cable Assembly 11 1100 12 1201 REAR AXLE Axle Assembly BRAKES Handbrakes Handbrake Lever Handbrake Linkage and Cables 1202 Service Brakes Brakeshoes and Support Assembly Adjust Replace Repair 0.2 1.5 0.5 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,4,5,6 Adjust Replace Service Replace 0.2 1.0 0.2 1,5 1,2,3 1 ,2,3 1,2,3 Replace 2.5 1,2,3 Replace Repair Replace Repair Replace Repair Replace Repair 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.2 1,2,3 1,2,3 1 ,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 A A B B Maintenance Function C O DS F GS H Depot D Tools and Equipment Remarks (5) (6)

c

B-3

TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Con't) B-4 .

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (Con’t) B-5 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il.

Welder’s Shop Equipment. fenders. Brakedrum repair is limited to refacing braking surface using a brakedrum lathe. Welding.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Ill. General Mechanic’s. Field Maintenance Wrench. ware replacement. Spindle-nut socket wrench is used for M416 trailer only. lamp. Brakeshoe repair is limited to friction lining and tubular rivet replacement. Supplemental No. REMARKS (1) (2) Reference Code A B c D E F G H Remarks Light assembly repair is limited to preformed packing. and mounting hard. Less Power Shop Equipment. lug. Frame. Less Power Shop Equipment. Common No. and reconditioning of the damaged part or parts. Automotive Maintenance and Repair: Organizational Maintenance Common No. Automotive Maintenance and Repair: organizational Maintenance. B-6 . Automotive Shop Equipment. Actuator assembly repair consists of component part and hardware replacement. Refer to TM 9-2610-200-24 for tire and tube repair. and hardware replacement. Spindle-nut SPECIAL TOOLS: None 3 0 4910-00-754-0650 4 F 4910-00-754-0706 5 6 7 F F o 5180-00-754-0661 3470-00-357-7268 5120-00-596-1370 Section IV. 2. Chassis wiring harness and intervehicular cable assembly repair is limited to terminal. 1. and body repair consists of welding. 1 Tool Kit. TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (1) TOOI or Test Equipment Reference Code 1 2 (2) Maintenance Level o 0 (3) (4) National/NATO Stock Number 5180-00-177-7033 4910-00-754-0654 (5) Tool Number Nomenclature Tool Kit. Automotive Maintenance and Repair: Field Maintenance. shell. Socket. straightening. insulator.

TM 9-2330-251-14&P APPENDIX C COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS The M416 and M416A1 Cargo Trailers currently do not have Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items Lists assigned. C-1/(C-2 Blank) .

.

D-1/(D-2 Blank) .TM 9-2330-251-14&P APPENDIX D ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST The M416 and M416A1 Cargo Trailers currently do not have an Additional Authorization List assigned.

.

TM 9-2330-251-14&P APPENDIX E EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST Section 1. Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items. a description to identify the item. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS. Column (2) .Description. Use it to request or requisition the item. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the “Initial Setup” of maintenance paragraphs or narrative instructions to identify the material needed (e.Level. Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970. e. d. C/ass V. Dry cleaning solvent. E-1 . Indicates the Federal Item Name and. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item. Appendix E).. Column (3) . in. E-2. Column (4) . If the unit of measure differs from the unit of issue. ea. Column (1) . a. pr).Unit of Measure (U/M). The last line for each item indicates the Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) in parentheses followed by the part number. This appendix lists expendable/durable supplies and materials you will need to operate and maintain the M416 and M416A1 Cargo Trailers. SCOPE.g. This is the National stock number assigned to the item.National Stock Number.Item Number. Indicates the measure used in performing the actual maintenance function. This measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e.. requisition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy your requirements. INTRODUCTION E-1. and Heraldic Items) or CTA 8-100. if required. COFHOperator/Crew Organizational Maintenance Direct Support Maintenance General Support Maintenance c.. Repair Parts. Column (5) . b. This listing is for informational purposes only and is not authority to requisition the listed items.g. Item 10.

SEALING (05972) 088-21 10-CC BOTTLE DETERGENT. OE/HDO-10 (81349) MIL-L-2014 1-QUART CAN 5-GALLON CAN 55-GALLON DRUM OIL. LUBRICATING.75-POUND CSAN 6.TM9-2330-251-14&P (1) ITEM NUMBER 1 (2) LEVEL O 8135-00-171-0930 2 O 9150-01-102-9455 9150-01-123-3152 9150-01-072-8379 3 O 8030-00-081-2339 4 O 7930-00-282-9699 5 O 9150-00-935-1017 9150-00-190-0904 9150-00-190-0905 6 O 9150-00-189-6727 9150-00-186-6668 9150-00-191-2772 7 O 9150-00-186-6681 9150-00-188-9858 9150-00-189-6729 8 O 9150-00-402-4478 9150-00-402-2372 9150-00-491-7197 SECTION II. AUTOMOTIVE (81349) MIL-B-46176 1-GALLON CAN 5-GALLONS CAN 55-GALLON DRUM COMPOUND. (3) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST (4) DESCRIPTION BARRIER MATERIAL. GENERAL PURPOSE. GREASEPROOFED-WATERPROOFED. LUBRICATING. FLEXIBLE (81349) MIL-B-121 100-YARD ROLL BRAKE FLIUD. OE/HDO-30 (81349) MIL-L-2104 1-QUART CAN 5-GALLON CAN 55-GALLON DRUM OIL. OEA (81349) MIL-L-46167 1-QUART CAN 5-GALLON CAN 55-GALLON DRUN QT GL GL QT GL GL QT GL GL OZ LB LB GL CC GL GL GL YD (5) U/M E-2 . LIQUID (81349) MIL-D-16791 1-GALLON CAN GREASE. AUTOMOTIVE AND ARTILLERY (81349) MIL-G-10924 14-OUNCE CAN 1. LUBRICATING.50-POUND CAN OIL.

TM9-2330-251-14&P SECTION II. WIPING (58536) A-A-531 7920-00-205-1711 10 C 6850-00-664-5685 6850-00-281-1985 6850-00-285-8011 11 O 9905-00-537-8954 50-POUND BALE SOLVENT. EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST (CON'T) (3) (4) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION RAG. MARKER (81349) MIL-T-12755 50 EACH EA QT GL GL LB (1) ITEM NUMBER 9 (2) LEVEL C (5) U/M E-3/(E-4 BLANK) . TYPE II 1-QUART CAN 1-GALLON CAN 55-GALLON DRUM TAG. DRY CLEANING (81348) P-D-680.

.

and special tools as indicated by the Source. special tools. Repair parts for reparable special tools are also listed in this section. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTIONS II AND Ill). and disposition of spares. Maintenance. A list of special tools. Repair parts kits are listed separately in their own functional group within Section II. in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence. The figure and item number index lists figure and item numbers in alphanumeric sequence and cross-references NSN. 3rd position Who can Install. and diagnostic equipment (TMDE). CAGE. and authority to perform all corrective maintenance tasks of the “Repair’ function in a use/user environment in order to restore serviceability to a failed item. and other special support equipment required for performance of organizational. and other special support equipment authorized by this RPSTL [as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI) information in the DESCRITIO/V AND USABLE O/V CODE column] for the performance of maintenance. and part numbers. a. Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration. q Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity. The list also includes parts which must be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. followed by a list in alphanumeric sequence of all part numbers appearing in the listings. Section Il. Special Tools List. capability. F-2. issue. c. National stock numbers and part numbers are cross-referenced to each illustration/figure and item number appearance. this Repair Parts and Special Tools List is divided into the following sections: a. special test. F-3. Introduction. with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number sequence. direct support. repair parts. A list. as shown in the following breakout: Source Code Maintenance Code Recoverability Code How you get an item. A list of spares and repair parts authorized by this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. and disposition instruction. 5th position Who determines disposition action on an unserviceable item. Items listed are shown on the associated illustration (s)/figure (s). and general support maintenance of the ¼-Ton Cargo Trailer. In addition to Section I. It authorizes the requisitioning. b. maintenance category authorization criteria. F-1 . measurement. Maintenance. or use the Item. The Source. Bulk materiels are listed in item name sequence. Repair Parts List. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence. This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts. SCOPE. and Recoverability (SMR) code is a 5-position code containing supply/requisitioning information. and Recoverability (SMR) codes. 4th position Who can do complete repair* on the item.TM 9-2330-251-14&P APPENDIX F REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS Section I. Section IV. b. replace. ITEM NO. of all National stock numbered items appearing in the listing. SMR CODE [Column (2)]. INTRODUCTION F-1. GENERAL. special TMDE. Section Ill. [Column (1 )]. National Stock Number and Part Number Index.

They must be made from bulk materiel which is identified by the part number in the DESCRIPTIO/V AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column and listed in the bulk materiel group of the repair parts list in this RPSTL. or overhaul of an end item/equipment. but the source code indicates that the item is assembled at a higher level. use the applicable NSN to request/requisition items with these source codes. They are part of a kit which is authorized to the maintenance category indicated in the 3rd position of the SMR code.Assembled by ORG/AVUM Level AF .Made at GS Level MD . order the item from the higher level of maintenance. The parts that make up the assembled item must be requisitioned or fabricated and assembled at the level of maintenance indicted by the source code. ** Iterns coded PC are subject to deterioration.If an “XB” item is not available from salvage. AO . F-2 ." XA . (1) Source Code. Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. order it using the CAGE and part number given. The complete kit must be requisitioned and applied. when authorized. If the item is authorized to you by the 3rd position code of the SMR code. may be used as a source of supply for items with the above source codes. They are authorized to the category indicated by the code entered in the 3rd position of the SMR code.Made at DS/AVUM Level MH . repair.Made at Depot Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTIONS II AND III) (Con’t).Assembled at Depot Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. NOTE Cannibalization or controlled exchange. The source code tells you how to get an item needed for maintenance.Made at ORG/ AVUM Level MF . MO .DO NOT requisition an “ XA “-coded item. Order its next higher assembly. except for those source coded "XA. Explanations of source codes follow: Code PA PB PC** PD PE PF PG Application/Explanation Stocked items.Assembled by DS/ AVUM Level AH . order the item from the higher level of maintenance.TM 9-2330-251-14&P F-3. If the 3rd position code of the SMR code authorizes you to replace the item. but the source code indicates it is made at a higher level.Assembled by GS Level AD . XB .

lubricating. e. (No parts or special tools are authorized for the maintenance of a “ B “-coded item. General support level can remove. Depot level can remove. Specialized repair activity can remove.. Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. Direct support or aviation intermediate is the lowest level than can do complete repair of the item. at the user level. This position will contain one of the following maintenance codes: Code O F H L D Z B Application/Explanation Organizational maintenance or aviation unit is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. (b) The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells whether or not the item is to be repaired and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair (i.TM 9-2330-251-14&P F-3. (2) Maintenance Code. perform all authorized “Repair” functions). EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTIONS II AND Ill) (Con’t). replace. and use the item. ) However.Item is not stocked. F-3 . instruction sheet. No repair is authorized. General support is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. replace. replace. and use an item.Installation drawing. field service drawing. replace. Nonreparable. Specialized repair activity is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item. XD . replace. the item may be reconditioned by adjusting. Code C O F H L D Application/Explanation Crew or operator maintenance done within unit maintenance or aviation unit maintenance. and use the item. Direct support or aviation intermediate level can remove. etc. replace. and use the item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will indicate authorization to one of the following levels of maintenance. Organizational maintenance or aviation unit can remove. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR code as follows: (a) The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest maintenance level authorized to remove. diagram. that is identified by manufacturer’s part number. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to use and repair support items. No repair is authorized.. NOTE Some limited repair may be done on the item at a lower level of maintenance. and use the item. and use the item. XC . if authorized by the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and SMR codes. Order an “ XD’’-coded item through normal supply channels using the CAGE and part number given. if no NSN is available.

. DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) [Column (5)]. high dollar value. distributor. Not Applicable. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action on unserviceable items. Item requires special handling or condemnation procedures because of specific reasons (e. PART NUMBER [Column (4)].g. the effective serial numbers are shown on the last line(s) of the description (before UOC).TM 9-2330-251-14&P F-3. which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering drawings. NOTE When you use an NSN to requisition an item. etc. critical material. e. or Government agency. Refer to appropriate manuals/directives for specific instructions. The recoverability code is entered in the fifth position of the SMR code as follows: Code Z Application/Explanation Nonreparable item. (6) When the item is not used with all serial numbers of the same model. Reparable item. and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items.. (3) Items that are included in kits and sets are listed below the name of the kit or set on Figure KIT. O F H D L A c. Reparable item. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTIONS II AND Ill) (Con’t). precious metal content. condemn and dispose of the item at the level of maintenance shown in the 3rd position of the SMR code. When unserviceable. Reparable item. Reparable item. (5) Part numbers for bulk materiels are referenced in this column in the line item entry for the item to be manufactured/fabricated. Condemnation and disposal of item not authorized below depot level. company. return to depot. This column includes the following information: (1) The Federal item name and. When uneconomically reparable. Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual. specifications standards. that supplies the item. When uneconomically reparable. or Government activity). (3) Recoverability Code. firm. (2) Physical security classification. The Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code (C) is a 5-digit alphanumeric code which IS used to identify the manufacturer. condemn and dispose of the item at the general support level. Condemnation and disposal of item not authorized below specialized repair activity (SRA). F-4 . when required. a minimum description to identify the item. When beyond lower level repair capability. condemn and dispose of the item at unit maintenance or aviation unit level. the item you receive may have a different part number from the part ordered. corporation. d. CAGEC [Column (3)]. (4) Spare/repair parts that make up an assembled item are listed immediately following the assembled item line entry. Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable. condemn and dispose of the item at the direct support or aviation intermediate level. or hazardous material).

e. distributor. Usable on codes are shown as “ UOC: . Part numbers in this index are listed by part number in ascending alphanumeric sequence (i. NSN 5305 -01-674-1467 ). subfunctional group. . F-4. This column lists the NSN by National Item Identification Number ( N I I N ) s e q u e n c e . The QTY (quantity per figure) column indicates the quantity of the item used in the breakout shown on the illustration/figure. specifications standards and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items. When density of equipments supported exceeds density spread indicated in the Basis of Issue. column. (1) CAGEC Column. . . (7) The usable on code. QTY [Column (6)]. . . The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the adjacent FIG. or Government agency. a. Column. etc. SPECIAL INFORMATION. vertical arrangement of letter and number combination which places the first letter or digit of each group in order A through Z. special TMDE. (4) FIG. (2) PART NUMBER Column. and other special support equipment. f. A “V” appearing in this column in lieu of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable and the quantity may vary from application to application. the Basis of Issue (BOI) appears as the last line(s) in the entry for each special tool. followed by the numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or digit in like order).. which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering drawings. Uncoded items are applicable to all models. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located. or an assembly. (See paragraph F-5. This column lists the NSN for the associated part number and manufacturer identified in the PART NUMBER and CAGE columns to the left. (3) ITEM Column. HowerNIIN er. (5) ITEM Column. e . Special Information) (8) In the Special Tools List section. or Government activity). EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTIONS II AND Ill) (Con’t). National Stock Number (NSN) Index. corporation. F-5. When using this column to locate an item. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in Section II and Section Ill. Column. This item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line. . b.. Usable On Code. firm. . (2) FIG. (3) STOCK NUMBER Column. The figures are in numerical order in Section II and Section Ill. when applicable. The Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code (C) is a 5-digit alphanumeric code used to identify the manufacturer. The item number is that number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure referenced in the adjacent figure number column. which is prepared for a functional group. (9) The statement “END OF FIGURE” appears just below the last item description in Column 5 for a given figure in both Section II and Section Ill. The usable on code appears in the lower left corner of the Description column heading. ignore the first 4 digits of the NSN. Part Number Index. “ in the Description column (justified left) on the first line applicable item description/nomenclature. that supplies the item.TM 9-2330-251-14&P F-3. The NIIN consists of the last n i n e d i g i t s o f t h e N S N ( i . EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION IV). Identification of the usable on codes used in this RPSTL are: F-5 . Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual. . (1) STOCK NUMBER Column. the total authorization is increased proportionately. . a. the complete NSN should be used when ordering items by stock number.

Part numbers for bulk materiels are also referenced in the DESCRIPTION column of the line item entry for the item to be manufactured/fabricated. Identify the item on the figure and use the Figure and Item Number Index to find the NSN. ABBREVIATIONS. Both indexes cross-reference you to the illustration/figure and item number of the item you are looking for. Detailed assembly instructions for items source coded to be assembled from component spare/repair parts are found in Chapters 4 and 5. Military Standard Abbreviations for Use on Drawings. Assembly Instructions. Items which have the word BULK in the FIG. The part numbers in the Part Number Index are listed in ascending alphanumeric sequence (see paragraph F-4.a(1)]. This index number is a cross-reference between the National Stock Number/Part Number Index and the bulk materiel list in Section Il. find the pertinent National Stock Number or Part Number. SPECIAL INFORMATION (Con’t). The NSN Index is in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence [see paragraph F-4. Line item entries for repair parts kits appear in group 9401 in Section II. (2) Second. Specifications. c. F-6.b). Detailed fabrication instructions for items source coded to be manufactured or fabricated are found in Appendix G of this manual. column will have an index number shown in the item column. Find the figure covering the assembly group or subassembly group to which the item belongs.TM 9-2330-251-14&P F-5. This is necessary since figures are prepared for assembly groups and subassembly groups. For standard abbreviations see MlL-STD-12D. and in Technical Documents. a. and listings are divided into the same groups. Turn to the figure and item number. verify that the item is the one you’re looking for. e. Kits. HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS. Fabrication Instructions. Index Numbers. Code 957 U69 Used On M416 M416A1 b. (2) Second. determine the assembly group or subassembly group to which the item belongs. Bulk materiels required to manufacture items are listed in the Bulk Materiel Functional Group of this RPSTL. Not Applicable. When National Stock Number or Part Number is Known: (1) First. F-7. then locate the item number in the repair parts list for the figure. b. d. (3) Third. Using the Table of Contents. F-6/(F-7 Blank) . Items that make up the assembly are listed immediately following the assembly item entry or reference is made to an applicable figure. When National Stock Number or Part Number is Not Known: (1) First. Using the National Stock Number or Part Number Index. Standards.

.

TAILLIGHT. AND COMPOSITE MARKER LIGHT ASSEMBLIES. . BLACKOUT LIGHT.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503154 FIGURE 1.

INCANCESCENT UOC:957 STOP LIGHT-TAILLIGHT UOC:957 .HEXAGON UOC:957 WASHER.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 06 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GROUP 0609 LIGHTS FIG.LAMP.LOCK UOC:957 BRACKET.VEHICULA UOC:957 . AND COMPOSITE MARKER LIGHT ASSEMBLIES (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 PAOOO PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOOO XDOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ XDOZZ XDOZZ PFOZZ 96906 96906 19207 73331 19207 96906 19207 18355 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 MS51302-1 MS51959-46 8741646 5942528 8741650 MS15570-1251 8378785 7526020 7320658 MS35478-1683 MS15570-1251 MS53047-1 MS45904-76 MS51968-8 MS35338-45 7328268 10924588 MS35291-59 MS35338-46 11721 120741 MS18154-58 STOP LIGHT.LOCK UOC:957 SCREW UOC:957 SCREW UOC:957 SCREW.PARKING UOC:957 WASHER UOC:957 NUT.PACKING.SCREW UOC:957 .DOOR ASSEMBLY UOC:957 .LAMP.ANGLE UOC:957 BRACKET RIGHT SIDE UOC:957 SCREW UOC:957 WASHER.GASKET UOC:957 .HOUSING.LIGHT.PREFORMED UOC:957 . 1 TAILLIGHT.INCANDESCENT UOC:957 .LIGHT UOC:957 .PLAIN.LAMP.INCANDESCENT UOC:957 .LENS UOC:957 .CAP HEXAGON H UOC:957 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 4 4 5 1 1 2 4 1 4 2 1-1 . BLACKOUT LIGHT.RETAINER.

LAMP.COMPOSITE UOC:U69 .CAP.ANGLE TAIL LIGHT LEFT HAND UOC:U69 BRACKET.WASHER.LOCK UOC:U69 .HEXAGON H UOC:U69 .LOCK UOC:U69 NUT.SCREW.INCANDESCENT UOC:U69 .BODY ASSEMBLY UOC:U69 .INCANDESCENT UOC:U69 BOLT.DOOR AND LENS ASSY UOC:U69 .PACKING.MACHINE UOC:U69 WASHER.PREFORMED UOC:U69 .ANGLE TAIL LIGHT RIGHT HAND UOC:U69 END OF FIGURE (6) QTY 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 4 4 4 1 1 1-2 .LAMP.LAMP.PLAIN.INCANDESCENT UOC:U69 .HEXAGON UOC:U69 BRACKET.ANGLE UOC:957 LIGHT.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 36 PAOZZ PAOOO XAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ XADZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ (3) CAGEC 19207 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER 7328267 MS52125-2 11639535 11639519-2 MS35478-1683 MS15570-623 MS35338-46 MS18154-58 11639520 MS15570-1251 MS90727-32 MS35338-45 MS51968-5 11625310-1 11625310-2 (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) BRACKET.

.

.

ELECTRICAL SCREW.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 0613 HULL OR CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS FIG.BAND. HEXAGON END OF FIGURE 1 1 7 7 7 13 1 1 1 1 8 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2-1 .INSULATOR. ELECTRICAL MALE. WIRING HARNESS WASHER.ELECTRICAL CO CABLE PLUG .SHELL. BUSHING CABLE ASSEMBLY . HOSE ANTI-KINK .LOOP WASHER.POWE ELECTRICAL .TERMINAL ASSEMBLY FEMALE .SHELL.CABLE.RETAINING CABLE ASSEMBLY SCREW.TERMINAL. 2 INTERVEHICULAR CABLE ASSEMBLY (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 PAOOO XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 19207 96906 19207 19207 19207 81349 81349 19207 19207 96906 81349 96906 96906 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 8722864 MS25036-154 8338564 8338562 8338561 M43436-1-1 M13486/10-1 8724316 7358188 MS39134-1 M13486-1-5 MS24629-47 MS35335-32 8382973 MS90727-2 MS21333-43 MS35338-44 MS51968-2 CABLE ASSEMBLY.WIRE.LOCK STRAP.RUBBER CABLE ASSEMBLY . PLAIN.HEXAGON H CABLE CLIP CLAMP.SPECIAL PURPO .LOCK NUT.MARKER .CAP. LUG GROUND .SPRING. SINGLE .BUSHING.MACHINE.

SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503156 FIGURE 3. WIRING HARNESS. .

SHELL.JUNCTION BOX UOC:957 CLAMP.BAND.INSULATOR.WASHER.WIRE.CONTACT. SLOTTED WIRING HARNESS .GROMMET RUBBER .TAPPING. 3 WIRING HARNESS (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 PAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ XAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 96906 19207 19207 81349 96906 81349 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 96906 96906 10924552 8338566 8338562 8338564 7375064 MS27148-2 8338567 8338561 M43436-1-3 MS39020-1 M13486-1-5 MS24629-47 MS35335-32 8722870 10924576 7979250 MS21333-4 MS24629-48 WIRING HARNESS BRANCHED .BAND.LOOP SCREW.LOCK WIRING HARNESS COVER AND CLIP CLIP ASSEMBLY COVER.SHELL.BLANK .TERMINAL ASSEMBLY .MARKER.THREA WIRING HARNESS COVER AND CLIP WASHER.LOOP WIRING HARNESS CLAMP.TAPPING. ELECTRICAL WIRING HARNESS .SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 0613 HULL OR CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS FIG.ELECTRICAL CO .MARKER WIRING HARNESS . ELECTRICAL SCREW.THREA END OF FIGURE 1 8 8 8 5 6 6 6 1 24 8 8 8 2 1 5 5 10 3-1 .ELECTRICAL .BUSHING .

SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503157 FIGURE 4. . AXLE ASSEMBLY.

SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 11 REAR AXLE GROUP 1100 REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY FIG.VEHICULAR UOC:957 END OF FIGURE 1 1 4-1 . 4 AXLE ASSEMBLY (6) QTY 1 1 PBOZZ XBOZZ 19207 19207 11625501 10924599 AXLE.VEHICULAR UOC:U69 AXLE.

.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503158 FIGURE 5. HANDBRAKE ASSEMBLY.

H BELL CRANK HANDBRAKE ASSEMBLY NUT.PLAIN.BRAK PARKING BRAKE UOC:U69 WASHER. SHOULDER PIVOT CABLE ASSEMBLY HAND WITH CONDUIT UOC:957 CABLE ASSEMBLY.COTTER PIN.HEADED CLEVIS TO LEVER COTTER PIN HANDBRAKE ASSEMBLY NUT.PLAIN. HANDBRAKE ASSEMBLY SCREW.PLAIN.LOCK CABLE CLIP BOLT.STRAIGHT.HEXAGON H WASHER. 5 HANDBRAKE ASSEMBLY (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 21 22 23 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ XBOZZ PADZZ PAOZZ XBOZZ 19207 19207 96906 96906 23705 96906 96906 03677 96906 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 96906 96906 19207 96906 19207 96906 96906 24076 96906 96906 19207 10920594 10924596 MS35338-46 MS51968-8 325118 MS24665-283 MS35692-21 73-1483 MS51968-5 7328334 10924581 7328333 7328329 11625489 MS35338-45 MS90727-32 7328331 MS24665-295 7735847 MS90727-66 MS27183-5 22043 MS35812-3 MS90726-36 10942507 LEVER ASSEMBLY HANDBRAKE BRACKET.FLAT CLEVIS HANDBRAKE ASSEMBLY UOC:957 CLEVIS.HEXAGON PIN.LOCK NUT.HEXAGON EQUALIZER HANDBRAKE ASSEMBLY ROD.ANGLE UOC:U69 WASHER. STRAIGHT. RETAINING HANDBRAKE CABLE ASSEMBLY PIN.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 12 BRAKES GROUP 1201 HANDBRAKES FIG.SLOTTED.ROD END UOC:U69 SCREW CONNECTING LINK RIG END OF FIGURE 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 6 4 2 4 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 5-1 .CAP. ADJUSTING. HANDBRAKE ASSEMBLY BOLT.MACHINE STRAP.

SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P FIGURE 6. BRAKESHOE AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY. . M416.

CAP.BRAKE SHOE BRAKE ASSEMBLY UOC:957 SPRING.LOCK UOC:957 NUT.HEXAGON H UOC:957 PLATE ASY BACKING LEFT UOC:957 PLATE. M416 (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOFF PAOZZ PAFZZ PAFZZ PAFZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ 19207 70142 19207 12603 19204 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 33116 19207 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 7971302 47179-13 7324344 854584 12010439 8678964 8678967 8678969 8701138 5304063 22377 5304070 MS90727-60 7377747 7377748 MS24665-134 MS35338-48 MS51968-14 MS35338-46 MS51968-8 PIN.BRAKE SHOE UOC:957 .ANCHOR PIN. 6 BRAKESHOE AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY.LINING.HEXAGON UOC:957 WASHER.STRAIGHT.HELICAL.LOCK UOC:957 NUT.BRAKE RIGHT UOC:957 PIN.PIN BRAKE ANC BRAKE SHOE ASSEMBLY UOC:957 SCREW.RIVET.HEADED UOC:957 PAWL BRAKE SUPPORT UOC:957 STRUT.CAM ANCHOR BRAKE SHOE UOC:957 PLATE.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1202 SERVICE BRAKES FIG.FRICTION LEFT AND RIGHT FRONT SHOE UOC:957 .TUBULAR UOC:957 CAM. BRAKE SHOE UOC:957 PIN.BACKING.PLAIN. HEXAGON BRAKE ASSEMBLY UOC:957 END OF FIGURE 2 2 2 2 4 4 1 1 10 4 4 2 12 2 1 2 4 4 12 12 6-1 .COTTER UOC:957 WASHER. PLAIN.EXTE BRAKE SHOE RETURN UOC:957 BRAKE SHOE UOC:957 .FRICTION LEFT AND RIGHT REAR SHOE UOC:957 .LINING.

. M416A1. BRAKESHOE AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503160 FIGURE 7.

PARKING BRAKE UOC:U69 SEAT.HEADED HOLD DOWN UOC:U69 PLATE.LOCK BRAKE ASSEMBLY UOC:U69 PIN.COMP PARKING BRAKE UOC:U69 STRUT.BRAKE ASSEMBLY UOC:U69 PIN. M416A1 (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ XDOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 96906 96906 94189 94189 94189 96906 94189 14894 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 19207 06853 94189 94189 94189 94189 MS51968-11 MS35338-47 10959 24636 14886 MS90727-85 16092 308430-L 10961 10953 9795 9789 10960 10954 5303469 39244 16756 10958 10952 9254 NUT.BRAK ADJUSTING UOC:U69 SPRING.CAP.HELICAL.INTE BRAKE.HEXAGON H UOC:U69 LEVER ASSEMBLY.FRONT UOC:U69 COVER UOC:469 END OF FIGURE 8 8 4 2 2 8 1 1 2 2 2 8 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 7-1 . BRAKE SHOE UOC:U69 BRAKE SHOE BRAKE.BRAKE SHOE PARKING BRAKE UOC: U69 SPRING.REAR UOC:U69 RETAINER.STRAIGHT.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1202 SERVICE BRAKES FIG.HELICAL COMPRE UOC:U69 SPRING UOC:U69 ADJUSTER. ANCHOR UOC:U69 SCREW.SLACK.REMOTE CONTRO LEFT PARKING BRAKE UOC:U69 PLATE.SHOE GUIDE UOC:U69 BRAKE SHOE SET. 7 BRAKESHOE AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLY.EXTE ADJUSTING SCREW UOC:U69 SPRING.PLAIN.PARK RIGHT PARKING BRAKE UOC:U69 LEVER.BACKING.HEXAGON BRAKE ASSEMBLY UOC:U69 WASHER.HELICAL.

MASTER CYLINDER AND WHEEL CYLINDER ASSEMBLY.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503161 FIGURE 8. .

STRAIGHT. ACTUATOR UOC:U69 CYLINDER ASSEMBLY.SELF LOCKING UOC:U69 SCREW.CAP.ASSEMBLED WAS UOC:U69 CYLINDER ASSEMBLY. 8 MASTER CYLINDER AND WHEEL CYLINDER ASSEMBLY (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 96906 93072 93072 19207 80205 96906 94189 94189 94189 MS90727-72 1841 10614 12331725-2 NAS1611-128 MS51922-21 9778 9777 9776 SCREW.PREFORMED MASTER CYLINDER FILLER CAP UOC:U69 NUT.HEXAGON H UOC:U69 SPACER.H WITH FITTINGS UOC:U69 ADAPTER.TU CAP FILLER UOC:U69 PACKING.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1204 HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM FIG.H LEFT WHEEL UOC:U69 CYLINDER ASSEMBLY.H RIGHT WHEEL UOC:U69 END OF FIGURE 2 4 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 8-1 .

AND FITTINGS. HOSES. . HYDRAULIC BRAKE LINES.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503162 FIGURE 9.

HEXAGON UOC:U69 TUBE ASSEMBLY.MACHINE UOC:U69 TEE.LOOP UOC:U69 TUBE ASSEMBLY.TUBE FITTING UOC:U69 WASHER.METAL MAKE FROM P/N 10943231 UOC:U69 TUBE ASSEMBLY.TUBE C UOC:U69 SCREW.TAPPING UOC:U69 CLAMP.LOCK UOC:U69 NUT.PLAIN.METAL MAKE FROM P/N 10943231 UOC:U69 COUPLING. AND FITTINGS (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ MOOZZ MOOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ MOOZZ MOOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 12204 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 79470 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 142431 MS24629-45 MS21333-2 11625494 11625493 MS51877-3 MS35206-261 7805 MS27183-10 MS35338-44 MS51967-2 11625492-2 11625492-1 11625495 11625497 11625505 INVERTED NUT.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1204 HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM FIG. COPPER.BENDIX UOC:U69 CLIP.METAL MAKE FROM P/N 10943231 UOC:U69 TUBE ASSEMBLY METAL MAKE FROM P/N 10943231 UOC:U69 HOSE ASSEMBLY NONMETALLIC UOC:U69 GASKET. 9 HYDRAULIC BRAKE LINES. HOSES.FLAT UOC:U69 WASHER.SPRING TENSION UOC:U69 END OF FIGURE 8 4 6 TUBE TUBE 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 TUBE TUBE 1 1 1 1 1 9-1 .TUBE UOC:U69 SCREW.

HUB AND DRUM ASSEMBLY.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503163 FIGURE 10. . M416.

CAP. M416 (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PAOFF PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ XDOZZ PAOZZ 71770 33116 80201 19207 19207 19207 19207 21450 96906 19207 33116 19207 FMC8372 X43436 516992 8762093 7536132 10924603 7696521 7371106 MS53069-1 12301157 X-43438 7696520 BRAKE DRUM WHEEL ASSEMBLY UOC:957 BOLT.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 13 WHEELS AND TRACKS GROUP 1311 WHEEL ASSEMBLY FIG.KEY HUB OUTER BEARING LOCK UOC:957 NUT.KEY HUB OUTER BEARING RETAINER UOC:957 END OF FIGURE 2 10 2 4 4 2 2 4 10 2 2 2 10-1 .PLAIN ENCASED OIL UOC:957 BEARING ROLLER TAPERED UOC:957 CUP.DUAL WHEEL HUB STUD UOC:957 WHEEL. TAPEREC ROLLER BEARING UOC:957 HUB.PNEUMATIC TIR UOC:957 CAP DUST WASHER. 10 HUB AND DRUM ASSEMBLY.HEXAGON HUB OUTER BEARING ADJUSTING UOC:957 NUT.PLAIN.BODY UOC:957 WASHER.RIBBED SHOULDE UOC:957 SEAL.

. HUB AND DRUM ASSEMBLY.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P FIGURE 11. M416A1.

COTTER UOC:U69 CAP.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1311 WHEEL ASSEMBLY FIG.TA UOC:U69 CUP.SLOTTED UOC:U69 PIN. M416A1 (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOFF PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 94189 60038 60038 94189 94189 60038 60038 96906 96906 96906 94189 19207 19207 15529 L68149 L68111 18147 14771 L44649 L44610 MS27183-23 MS35692-62 MS24665-355 14286 10921860 11630595 SEAL.RIBBED SHOULDE UOC:U69 CONE AND ROLLERS.PLAIN.PLAIN AXLE UOC:U69 END OF FIGURE 2 2 2 2 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 11-1 . 11 HUB AND DRUM ASSEMBLY.TAPERED ROLLER BEARING UOC:U69 WASHER UOC:U69 NUT.ENCASED OIL UOC:U69 CONE AND ROLLERS.PLAIN.TA UOC:U69 CUP.TAPERED ROLLER UOC:U69 BRAKE DRUM UOC:U69 BOLT.PNUEMATIC TRE TRAILER UOC:U69 NUT.DUST UOC:U69 WHEEL.

TIRES AND TUBES.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503165 FIGURE 12. .

SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1313 TIRES AND TUBES FIG.PNEUMATIC INNER TUBE. 12 TIRES AND TUBES (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 PFOFF PAOOO PAOZZ PAOZZ 19207 81348 51665 17875 7342996 ZZ-I-550/GP2/6.0 0-16/TR15/OFFCTR US48 100AA TIRE.PNEUMATI CAP.PNEUMATIC VALVE VALVE CORE END OF FIGURE PNEUMATIC TIRE 2 2 2 2 12-1 .

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

TA503166

FIGURE 13. DRAWBAR COUPLER.

SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE

(3) CAGEC

TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER

(5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 15 FRAME AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS GROUP 1503 PINTILES AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS FIG. 13 DRAWBAR COUPLER

(6) QTY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ XBOZZ XDOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ

23040 71770 02951 19207 94833 96906 19207 75828 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 19207

360403S7A1 FMC 8317 MS49005-8 7001417 73-1438 MS15003-1 7328312 EL53241-1 7328314 MS35692-1426 MS20665-425 MS20365-820C MS90727-85 595444 428829 10924577 7328311

NUT,SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON UOC:957 CHAIN ASSEMBLY,SING PLUG,PIPE PIN,SHOULDER, HEADLESS LOCKPIN SPRING,HELICAL,COMP LOCK PLUNGER FITTING,LUBRICATION UOC:957 WASHER,FLAT DRAWBAR UOC:957 SPRING,HELICSAL,COMP DRAWBAR UOC:957 WASHER, KEY DRAWBAR UOC:957 NUT,PLAIN,SLOTTED,H DRAWBAR ATTACHING UOC:957 PIN,COTTER UOC:957 NUT,SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON UOC:957 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H UOC:957 SCREW UOC:957 SCREW BRACKET DRAWBAR UOC:957 COUPLER, DRAWBAR UOC:957 END OF FIGURE

2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 1 1

13-1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

TA503167

FIGURE 14. ACTUATOR, DRAWBARS, AND ATTACHING PARTS.

SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE

(3) CAGEC

TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER

(5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1503 PINTLES AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS FIG. 14 ACTUATOR, DRAWBARS, AND ATTACHING PARTS

(6) QTY

1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

PAOZZ PAOZZ XDOZZ XDOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ XBOZZ PAOZZ

96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 96906

MS51922-61 MS90727-85 10924587-2 10924587-1 MS51922-29 MS51968-14 MS35338-48 MS90726-109 10924595 MS90727-200

NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE UOC:U69 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H UOC:U69 CHANNEL RIGHT FRAME SECTION,STRUC NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON WASHER,LOCK SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H U-BOLT SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H UOC:U69 END OF FIGURE

1 4 LEFT 1 1 8 4 4 4 2 1

14-1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-251-14&P

TA503168

FIGURE 15. ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY.

..WASHER.SING BREAKAWAY W/ HOOKS UOC:U69 .SELF-LOCKING.SCREW..PIN..RIN BRAKE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY UOC:U69 .PLATE UOC:U69 .NUT.SPRING. 15 ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PAOOO PAOZZ PBOOO PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ XDOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ XDOZZ PAOZZ XDOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 19207 19207 19207 96906 93072 93072 93072 96906 96906 93072 19207 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 93072 93072 93072 93072 93072 93072 93072 11625487 12296386 11625498 MS21044N8 1808-1 1745 1829 MS51922-21 MS51922-29 10603 11625500 MS90727-97 MS90727-72 11625499 7328310 7001417 1844-2 1855 10632 1756 10607 1840 1828 DRAWBAR..HE UOC:U69 .COUPLER.ACTUATOR.SPRING UOC:U69 .SELF-LOCKING UOC:U69 .NUT.CHAIN ASSEMBLY..ANGLE UOC:U69 .CHANNEL ASSEMBLY UOC:U69 ..DRAWBAR...SHAFT.HEXAGON H UOC:U69 .NUT.CAP.SHOCK ABSORBER ACTUATOR UOC:U69 ...POLE TRAILE UOC:U69 ..PIN UOC:U69 .PUSH ROD 1 1 1 8 4 8 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15-1 .CONNECTING LINK ACTUATOR UOC:U69 .BEARING.HE UOC:U69 .CHAIN UOC:U69 .SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1503 PINTLES AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS FIG.SLEEVE NYLON UOC:U69 .PUSH ROD UOC:U69 ..SNAP RING UOC:U69 .PUSH ROD ASSEMBLY ACTUATOR UOC:U69 ..SHOULDER HEADLESS LOCKPIN UOC:U69 .CAP.SELF-LOCKING.HEXAGON H UOC:U69 ...SCREW...BRACKET...BRAKE UOC:U69 .

LEVER.PIPE UOC:U69 . BREAKAWAY UOC:U69 END OF FIGURE (6) QTY 1 1 15-2 ..SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE 24 25 PAOZZ PAOZZ (3) CAGEC 02951 93072 TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER MS49005-8 1804 (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) UOC:U69 ..PLUG.

.

SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503169 FIGURE 16. LANDING LEG ASSEMBLY. .

SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1507 LANDING GEAR. 16 LANDING LEG ASSEMBLY (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 MS90726-114 MS15003-1 MS21044N8 10924578 7343007 MS90727-193 MS21044N8 MS90726-114 MS51922-61 SCREW UOC:957 FITTING. LEVELING JACKS FIG. DRAWBAR COUPLER LEG LANDING SCREW. DRAWBAR BRACKET NUT.HE UOC:957 BRACKET.CAP. SELF-LOCKING UOC:U69 END OF FIGURE 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 16-1 .HEXAGON H UOC:U69 NUT.HEXAGON H UOC:U69 NUT.CAP.SELF-LOCKING.SELF-LOCKING.HE UOC:U69 SCREW.

SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503170 FIGURE 17. SPRING ASSEMBLY. .

SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 16 SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS GROUP 1601 SPRINGS FIG. SPRING BUSHING. RUBBER SPRING SHACKLE SPRING ASSEMBLY. REAR RIGHT SHACKLE.U SPRING FITTING.HEXAGON COUPLER BRACKET BUMPER.LOCK NUT. 17 SPRING ASSEMBLY (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PFOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 19207 96906 19207 19207 23040 03677 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 22852 MS90727-32 MS35338-45 MS51968-5 7338987 7328295-1 MS15003-1 7328324 MS90726-60 10924593 7371090 GPW5779 7328322 7328323 11669331 MS51968-8 MS35338-46 MS24665-353 MS35692-45 7328328 801244 BOLT.INTERNALLY REL SPRING BUSHING.PLAIN.COTTER NUT.EYE.ROTATIN BOLT. BUSHING REAR SHACKLE RIGHT SCREW.HEXAGON H BRACKET.SUSPENSION LEFT AND LOWER END OF FIGURE 4 4 4 2 4 6 1 8 2 1 1 4 4 2 8 8 2 2 2 3 17-1 .LEAF SPRING LEFT REAR RETAINER.LEA NUT.CAP.HEXAGON WASHER. FLUID PASSAGE BOLT BOLT.PLAIN. SPRING BUSHINGS BEARING.MACHINE WASHER.U BOLT.NONMETALLIC BOLT.LOCK PIN.

.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503171 FIGURE 18. SHOCK ABSORBER.

RUBBER SHOCK ABSORBER WASHER.COTTER FLUID PASSAGE BOLT SHOCK ABSORBER. HEXAGON LEVER ATTACHING WASHER.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1604 SHOCK ABSORBER EQUIPMENT FIG. 18 SHOCK ABSORBER (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 PFOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 76445 19207 23040 96906 19207 96906 96906 MS90726-60 10924584 7343032 MS27183-21 MS24665-491 18459 7697848 GPW5459 MS35338-47 7328296 MS51968-8 MS35338-46 SCREW.CAP.LOCK END OF FIGURE 8 2 8 4 2 2 1 1 8 8 8 8 18-1 .FLAT PIN. LOCK-SPRING U-BOLT NUT. PLAIN. HEXAGON U-BOLT NUT.HEXAGON H BRACKET.MOUNTING SHOCK ABSORBER BUSHING. PLAIN.DIRE SUSPENSION PLATE AND SHAFT ASS RIGHT SPRING PLATE ASSEMBLY LEFT SPRING WASHER.

FENDERS. .SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503172 FIGURE 19.

SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 18 BODY GROUP 1802 FENDERS FIG.FLAT FENDER.VEHICULAR WASHER. 19 FENDERS (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 96906 96906 19207 96906 96906 MS18154-58 MS27183-14 10924564 MS35338-46 MS51968-8 SCREW.PLAIN.CAP.LOCK NUT.HEXAGON H WASHER.HEXAGON END OF FIGURE 10 20 2 10 10 19-1 .

. DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503173 FIGURE 20.

ETC. FIG. DRAIN PLUGS.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1804 DRAIN VALVES.LOCK SCREW. 20 DRAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 19207 96906 96906 19207 7328340 MS35335-32 MS35207-261 7328336 SUPPORT. DRAIN CARGO BODY WASHER.VALVE SUPPORT VALVE ASSEMBLY DRAIN END OF FIGURE 2 4 4 2 20-1 .

. BODY.SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503174 FIGURE 21.

CARGO TRAILER SCREW.HEXAGON H WASHER.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 1810 CARGO BODY FIG.PLAIN. 21 BODY (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 6 PAOZZ PAOFF PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 10913205 10924559 MS90728-59 MS27183-14 MS35338-46 MS51968-8 TARPAULIN CARGO BODY BODY.FLAT WASHER.LOCK NUT.HEXAGON END OF FIGURE 1 1 8 16 8 8 21-1 .CAP.

SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P FIGURE 22. . REFLECTORS.

22 REFLECTORS (6) QTY 1 2 3 4 5 PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ 96906 96906 96906 19207 96906 MS35387-1 MS51968-8 MS35338-44 7328316 MS35207-279 REFLECTOR.LOCK WASHER.MACHINE END OF FIGURE 4 8 8 8 8 22-1 .PLAIN.RED LENS NUT.HEXAGON WASHER.FLAT SCREW.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 22 BODY ACCESSORY ITEMS GROUP 2202 ACCESSORY ITEMS FIG.

SECTION II TM 9-2330-251-14&P TA503176 FIGURE 23. DATA PLATES. .

23 DATA PLATES (6) QTY 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 PDOZZ PAOZZ XDOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ PAOZZ XDOZZ XDOZZ PAOZZ 19207 19207 96906 19207 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 11625506 10924556 MS20450C96 7979373 MS51968-2 MS35338-44 MS35207-279 11625507 10924608 MS24629-45 PLATE.THREA END OF FIGURE 1 1 6 1 2 2 2 1 1 8 23-1 .HEXAGON WASHER.IDENTIFICATIO UOC:957 RIVET.IDENTIFICATIO UOC:U69 PLATE.PLAIN.TAPPING.LOCK SCREW.MACHINE PLATE.IDENTIFICATIO UOC:957 SCREW.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 2210 DATA PLATES FIG.IDENTIFICATIO NUT.IDENTIFICATIO UOC:U69 PLATE.TUBULAR PLATE.

.

METALLIC END OF FIGURE V BULK-1 . BULK (6) QTY 1 PAOZZ 19207 10943231 TUBE.SECTION II (1) (2) ITEM SMR NO CODE (3) CAGEC TM9-2330-251-14&P (4) PART NUMBER (5) DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODES (UOC) GROUP 95 GENERAL USE STANDARDIZED PARTS GROUP 9501 BULK MATERIEL FIG.BENT.

.

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 5315-00-012-0123 4730-00-014-2431 6240-00-019-0877 6240-00-019-3093 6240-00-044-6914 5315-00-045-4217 2640-00-050-1229 5306-00-050-1238 4730-00-050-4208 5340-00-057-2891 5340-00-057-3537 5310-00-057-7080 5315-00-059-0206 2640-00-060-3550 5310-00-061-1258 5310-00-080-6004 1015-00-087-2833 4710-00-102-0108 5305-00-115-9526 3040-00-116-5171 5315-00-143-6323 2530-00-150-7832 2530-00-161-7575 2530-00-161-7576 5310-00-177-1329 5340-00-177-7832 2530-00-177-8097 5360-00-200-7022 9905-00-205-2795 4730-00-206-1384 5310-00-209-0965 5305-00-225-9091 5305-00-226-7767 5340-00-253-1910 5305-00-267-8951 5305-00-269-2803 FIG 11 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 13 15 12 1 5 17 13 16 17 3 5 14 15 18 12 1 19 21 6 BULK 1 1 19 6 5 10 11 8 8 11 2 6 13 22 17 7 18 5 14 11 2 17 ITEM 10 1 6 11 32 28 10 27 4 16 4 33 15 1 6 2 6 17 21 4 9 5 3 13 2 4 11 1 22 30 1 2 18 10 12 8 8 13 14 6 8 1 18 2 8 22 7 11 15 8 STOCK NUMBER 5305-00-269-2803 5305-00-269-3210 5305-00-269-3236 5305-00-269-3242 5305-00-269-3248 9905-00-282-7489 4730-00-289-5176 5330-00-297-7106 2530-00-350-8707 2610-00-350-9975 5315-00-352-1909 5340-00-371-4134 3040-00-404-0750 5310-00-407-9566 FIG 18 1 6 5 8 15 23 13 15 1 10 12 6 9 10 1 1 5 17 1 1 1 2 9 22 23 6 14 2 3 20 1 1 5 6 17 18 19 21 13 15 7 6 1 12 10 10 1 6 5 ITEM 1 18 12 19 1 13 3 3 24 9 9 2 10 16 6 15 34 14 2 5 26 12 17 10 3 5 15 6 13 13 2 19 29 3 17 15 11 4 5 5 15 14 4 7 1 3 5 4 7 5 6220-00-433-5966 5330-00-462-0907 6220-00-500-0437 5310-00-582-5965 5310-00-584-5272 5310-00-596-7691 5310-00-637-9541 5360-00-663-3110 5360-00-664-5344 5360-00-664-7691 6220-00-669-5623 2610-00-678-1363 5330-00-678-1759 3110-00-678-1862 5330-00-678-9047 2530-00-690-2742 5315-00-699-8495 I-1 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 2590-00-705-8970 5305-00-709-8423 5305-00-709-8517 5305-00-725-4187 3110-00-727-6901 5305-00-728-5474 5305-00-728-5475 5310-00-732-0559 FIG 20 15 7 13 14 16 16 10 16 14 1 5 6 17 18 19 21 22 6 14 1 1 18 13 13 13 22 17 17 17 5 5 5 5 5 20 16 18 18 17 6 6 9 11 1 2 23 11 10 10 ITEM 1 12 6 13 2 1 8 4 6 9 14 4 18 14 10 5 6 2 16 5 23 16 9 17 7 9 4 11 12 7 13 16 8 12 10 4 5 3 7 10 13 13 11 2 2 18 4 3 12 7 STOCK NUMBER 2540-00-769-7442 2510-00-769-7598 2510-00-769-7848 2510-00-773-5833 2510-00-774-0886 6220-00-775-2384 5340-00-778-2738 5340-00-781-6308 5310-00-809-4058 5310-00-809-8533 5310-00-823-8803 3110-00-827-8648 5310-00-832-9719 5315-00-839-5820 5315-00-839-5822 5310-00-842-1488 5315-00-842-3044 5315-00-842-3651 6220-00-846-9745 5310-00-850-6884 5310-00-850-6993 5306-00-850-7069 5320-00-852-1082 5305-00-855-0956 5305-00-855-0958 5305-00-855-0964 6150-00-855-9304 5340-00-860-0555 2540-00-863-5598 2530-00-863-5599 4010-00-863-5601 2590-00-863-5602 2530-00-863-5603 2530-00-863-5607 2530-00-863-5609 3040-00-870-2108 5310-00-877-5795 5310-00-880-7745 5310-00-880-7746 2530-00-902-3618 5340-00-912-8871 3110-00-926-1379 5360-00-930-5644 FIG 18 17 18 17 19 1 9 13 9 11 18 11 14 16 6 17 5 5 5 1 17 11 10 6 2 3 9 23 3 2 3 21 10 13 3 5 6 6 5 15 16 16 7 1 5 17 6 2 11 7 ITEM 6 19 7 10 3 3 3 16 9 8 4 7 1 9 14 16 7 6 17 1 17 9 2 8 12 12 2 8 18 1 14 1 1 2 1 11 9 7 1 4 3 7 1 35 9 3 3 16 6 15 5310-00-732-0560 5340-00-732-8267 5340-00-732-8268 5310-00-732-8296 2540-00-732-8311 5310-00-732-8312 5310-00-732-8314 5310-00-732-8316 5330-00-732-8322 5365-00-732-8323 5340-00-732-8324 4010-00-732-8329 5340-00-732-8331 3040-00-732-8332 5306-00-732-8333 2530-00-732-8334 4820-00-732-8336 2510-00-734-3007 5365-00-734-3032 2510-00-734-3076 5306-00-737-1090 2530-00-737-7747 2530-00-737-7748 5310-00-761-6882 3110-00-763-0259 5305-00-764-0070 5310-00-768-0319 3110-00-769-1426 5310-00-769-6520 5310-00-769-6521 I-2 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 5340-00-937-1962 5330-00-953-1886 5310-00-959-1488 5310-00-983-8483 5305-00-984-6208 5305-00-990-6444 5305-00-993-2463 2530-01-032-6676 2590-01-042-9695 4730-01-043-3055 4720-01-043-5222 5330-01-044-1941 2540-01-050-7136 2530-01-050-7698 2530-01-050-7700 2530-01-050-8832 2530-01-050-8929 2540-01-051-6354 2540-01-051-6355 3120-01-052-1151 2530-01-052-2895 2530-01-052-5238 2530-01-052-6019 2530-01-053-2453 5365-01-053-6898 2530-01-054-1509 5360-01-054-2281 3040-01-054-2765 2530-01-054-2905 2530-01-054-3918 5360-01-054-5023 5315-01-054-5870 5306-01-054-9238 5330-01-055-3870 5315-01-056-3053 2530-01-058-2672 2510-01-058-7420 2530-01-058-7486 2540-01-060-7031 5340-01-087-9679 6220-01-093-4439 2510-01-111-7096 9905-01-115-2313 4730-01-123-3802 5340-01-132-0889 5340-01-132-4274 5305-01-140-9118 5340-01-144-1705 FIG 16 8 8 15 5 9 20 22 23 6 5 9 9 9 15 15 15 15 8 15 15 15 11 7 7 15 8 7 15 7 7 7 7 7 11 11 7 4 17 7 15 7 1 21 23 9 18 17 21 5 ITEM 4 5 6 8 20 7 3 5 6 5 13 8 14 15 17 25 21 22 3 7 5 6 4 18 9 3 2 7 23 7 4 16 17 3 5 1 5 1 13 13 19 19 24 2 1 6 2 4 3 2 STOCK NUMBER 5340-01-148-6823 3040-01-154-1433 4010-01-158-6795 5340-01-166-0783 5975-01-170-3480 5305-01-179-2304 5360-01-180-2292 2590-01-185-0168 5340-01-185-2810 9905-01-205-6010 5310-01-213-9952 5340-01-244-5890 5315-01-257-2379 5340-01-257-3883 2530-01-264-0505 2540-01-271-0272 5306-01-282-8180 FIG 1 17 15 1 3 8 7 15 3 23 13 1 6 15 7 15 17 ITEM 17 9 2 36 15 7 12 10 16 1 10 36 1 14 8 1 5 I-3 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES CAGEC 75828 71770 71770 23040 23040 60038 60038 60038 60038 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 PART NUMBER EL53241-1 FMC8317 FMC8372 GPW5459 GPW5779 L44610 L44649 L68111 L68149 MS15003-1 MS15570-1251 MS15570-623 MS18154-58 MS20365-820C MS20450C96 MS20665-425 MS21044N8 MS21333-2 MS21333-4 MS21333-43 MS24629-45 MS24629-47 MS24629-48 MS24665-134 MS24665-283 MS24665-295 MS24665-353 MS24665-355 MS24665-491 MS25036-154 MS27148-2 MS27183-10 MS27183-14 MS27183-21 MS27183-23 MS27183-5 MS35206-261 MS35207-261 MS35207-279 PART NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 5360-00-200-7022 4010-00-863-5601 2530-00-863-5599 2510-00-734-3076 2510-00-773-5833 3110-00-827-8648 3110-00-926-1379 3110-00-769-1426 3110-00-763-0259 4730-00-050-4208 6240-00-019-0877 6240-00-019-3093 5305-00-115-9526 FIG 13 13 10 18 17 11 11 11 11 13 16 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 19 13 23 13 15 16 16 9 3 2 9 23 2 3 3 6 5 5 17 11 18 2 3 9 19 21 18 11 5 9 20 22 23 ITEM 8 2 1 7 10 7 6 3 2 6 2 6 6 11 32 28 22 30 1 12 2 11 4 3 7 3 17 16 2 8 12 12 18 14 6 17 16 10 5 2 6 9 2 4 4 8 20 7 3 5 6 5310-00-877-5795 5340-00-778-2738 5340-00-057-2891 5340-00-912-8871 5305-00-855-0958 5305-00-855-0956 5305-00-855-0964 5315-00-839-5820 5315-00-842-3044 5315-00-842-3651 5315-00-839-5822 5315-00-012-0123 5315-00-059-0206 5310-00-809-4058 5310-00-080-6004 5310-00-823-8803 5310-00-809-8533 5310-00-983-8483 5305-00-984-6208 5305-00-990-6444 5305-00-993-2463 I-4 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES CAGEC 96906 96906 96906 PART NUMBER MS35291-59 MS35335-32 MS35338-44 PART NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 5305-00-269-3210 5310-00-596-7691 5310-00-582-5965 FIG 1 2 3 20 2 9 22 23 1 1 5 17 1 1 5 6 17 18 19 21 7 18 6 14 22 1 1 13 5 17 11 5 3 2 1 13 15 1 9 8 15 14 15 14 16 1 9 7 6 14 2 ITEM 18 13 13 2 17 10 3 5 15 34 14 2 19 29 3 17 15 11 4 5 2 8 15 6 1 10 27 10 7 17 9 21 10 10 13 3 24 1 6 6 8 4 9 1 9 2 11 1 16 5 18 96906 MS35338-45 5310-00-407-9566 96906 MS35338-46 5310-00-637-9541 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 02951 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 MS35338-47 MS35338-48 MS35387-1 MS35478-1683 MS35692-1426 MS35692-21 MS35692-45 MS35692-62 MS35812-3 MS39020-1 MS39134-1 MS45904-76 MS49005-8 MS51302-1 MS51877-3 MS51922-21 MS51922-29 MS51922-61 MS51959-46 MS51967-2 MS51968-11 MS51968-14 MS51968-2 5310-00-209-0965 5310-00-584-5272 9905-00-205-2795 6240-00-044-6914 5310-01-213-9952 5310-00-842-1488 5310-00-850-6884 5310-00-850-6993 5340-00-057-3537 5310-00-061-1258 4730-00-289-5176 6220-00-846-9745 4730-01-123-3802 5310-00-959-1488 5310-00-057-7080 5310-00-832-9719 5305-00-764-0070 5310-00-761-6882 5310-00-880-7745 5310-00-732-0560 5310-00-768-0319 I-5 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES CAGEC 96906 96906 96906 PART NUMBER MS51968-2 MS51968-5 MS51968-8 PART NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 5310-00-768-0319 5310-00-880-7746 5310-00-732-0559 FIG 23 1 5 17 1 5 6 17 18 19 21 22 1 1 10 14 16 16 5 17 18 16 2 14 1 5 17 6 5 8 15 7 13 14 15 21 2 3 2 2 3 8 12 10 10 12 12 15 15 8 ITEM 4 35 9 3 14 4 18 14 10 5 6 2 24 12 9 7 1 8 22 8 1 6 15 9 33 15 1 12 19 1 13 6 13 2 12 3 11 11 7 6 9 5 3 11 2 2 4 10 21 3 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 81349 81349 81349 81349 80205 51665 33116 33116 81348 17875 93072 93072 93072 MS52125-2 MS53047-1 MS53069-1 MS90726-109 MS90726-114 MS90726-36 MS90726-60 MS90727-193 MS90727-2 MS90727-200 MS90727-32 MS90727-60 MS90727-66 MS90727-72 MS90727-85 MS90727-97 MS90728-59 M13486-1-5 M13486/10-1 M43436-1-1 M43436-1-3 NAS1611-128 US48 X-43438 X43436 ZZ-I-550/GP2/6.0 0-16/TR15/OFFCTR 100AA 10603 10607 10614 6220-01-093-4439 6220-00-500-0437 2530-00-350-8707 5305-00-226-7767 5305-00-725-4187 5305-00-225-9091 5305-00-269-2803 5305-00-728-5474 5305-00-267-8951 5305-00-728-5475 5306-00-050-1238 5305-00-269-3236 5305-00-269-3242 5305-00-269-3248 5305-00-709-8517 5305-00-709-8423 5305-01-140-9118 5330-00-953-1886 2640-00-060-3550 5306-00-850-7069 2610-00-350-9975 2640-00-050-1229 2590-01-185-0168 2530-01-050-7700 2530-01-050-8929 I-6 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES CAGEC 93072 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 PART NUMBER 10632 10913205 10920594 10921860 10924552 10924556 10924559 10924564 10924576 10924577 10924578 10924581 10924584 10924587-1 10924587-2 10924588 10924593 10924595 10924596 10924599 10924603 10924608 10942507 10943231 10952 10953 10954 10958 10959 10960 10961 11625310-1 11625310-2 11625487 11625489 11625492-1 11625492-2 11625493 11625494 11625495 11625497 11625498 11625499 11625500 11625501 11625505 11625506 11625507 11630595 11639519-2 11639520 PART NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 2540-01-060-7031 2540-00-863-5598 3040-00-870-2108 2530-00-150-7832 2590-00-863-5602 9905-01-205-6010 2510-01-111-7096 2510-00-774-0886 5975-01-170-3480 5340-00-781-6308 5340-00-937-1962 2530-00-863-5603 5340-01-132-0889 5340-01-148-6823 3040-01-154-1433 5340-01-144-1705 3040-00-404-0750 4710-00-102-0108 2530-01-052-5238 2530-01-052-6019 2530-01-058-7486 5360-01-054-5023 5315-01-054-5870 5360-01-180-2292 2530-01-264-0505 5340-01-244-5890 5340-01-166-0783 2540-01-271-0272 2590-01-042-9695 FIG 15 21 5 11 3 23 21 19 3 13 16 5 18 14 14 1 17 14 5 4 10 23 5 BULK 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 1 1 15 5 9 9 9 9 9 9 15 15 15 4 9 23 23 11 1 1 ITEM 19 1 1 12 1 1 2 3 15 16 4 11 2 3 3 17 9 8 2 1 6 7 23 1 18 9 13 17 3 12 8 36 36 1 13 13 12 5 4 14 15 3 14 11 1 16 1 7 13 26 31 4720-01-043-5222 5330-01-044-1941 2530-01-053-2453 5340-01-257-3883 2530-01-058-2672 5340-00-371-4134 9905-01-115-2313 5310-00-177-1329 5330-00-462-0907 I-7 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES CAGEC 19207 19207 19207 19204 19207 19207 19207 19207 12204 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 93072 93072 93072 93072 94189 93072 93072 93072 93072 93072 76445 93072 24076 33116 94189 14894 23705 23040 06853 19207 70142 80201 19207 19207 19207 73331 19207 19207 94833 03677 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 PART NUMBER 11639535 11669331 11721 12010439 120741 12296386 12301157 12331725-2 142431 14286 14771 14886 15529 16092 16756 1745 1756 1804 1808-1 18147 1828 1829 1840 1841 1844-2 18459 1855 22043 22377 24636 308430-L 325118 360403S7A1 39244 428829 47179-13 516992 5303469 5304063 5304070 5942528 595444 7001417 73-1438 73-1483 7320658 7324344 7328267 7328268 7328295-1 PART NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 2510-01-058-7420 2530-01-032-6676 4010-01-158-6795 2530-00-150-7832 4730-00-014-2431 5340-00-253-1910 5306-01-054-9238 5315-01-056-3053 5330-01-055-3870 3040-01-054-2765 2530-01-054-3918 3120-01-052-1151 2530-01-050-7698 2540-01-051-6355 2530-01-052-2895 5360-01-054-2281 2540-01-051-6354 2530-01-050-8832 5365-01-053-6898 2540-01-050-7136 2540-00-769-7442 5315-00-352-1909 2530-01-054-2905 2530-01-054-1509 5315-00-699-8495 5360-00-930-5644 3040-00-116-5171 5330-00-678-1759 5360-00-664-5344 2530-00-863-5607 1015-00-087-2833 5330-00-678-9047 5315-00-045-4217 5360-00-663-3110 3040-00-732-8332 5330-00-297-7106 2530-00-902-3618 5340-00-732-8267 5340-00-732-8268 5306-01-282-8180 FIG 1 17 1 6 1 15 10 8 9 11 11 7 11 7 7 15 15 15 15 11 15 15 15 8 15 18 15 5 6 7 7 5 13 7 13 6 10 7 6 6 1 13 13 15 13 5 1 6 1 1 17 ITEM 25 13 20 5 21 2 10 4 1 11 5 5 1 7 16 6 20 25 5 4 23 7 22 2 17 6 18 21 10 4 7 5 1 15 15 2 3 14 9 11 4 14 4 16 5 8 9 3 23 16 5 I-8 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES CAGEC 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 03677 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 21450 19207 19207 19207 18355 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 79470 19207 19207 19207 22852 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 12603 19207 19207 19207 PART NUMBER 7328296 7328310 7328311 7328312 7328314 7328316 7328322 7328323 7328324 7328328 7328329 7328331 7328333 7328334 7328336 7328340 7338987 7342996 7343007 7343032 7358188 7371090 7371106 7375064 7377747 7377748 7526020 7536132 7696520 7696521 7697848 7735847 7805 7971302 7979250 7979373 801244 8338561 8338562 8338564 8338566 8338567 8378785 8382973 854584 8678964 8678967 8678969 PART NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 5310-00-732-8296 5360-00-663-3110 2540-00-732-8311 5310-00-732-8312 5310-00-732-8314 5310-00-732-8316 5330-00-732-8322 5365-00-732-8323 5340-00-732-8324 4730-00-206-1384 4010-00-732-8329 5340-00-732-8331 5306-00-732-8333 2530-00-732-8334 4820-00-732-8336 2590-00-705-8970 5340-01-132-4274 2610-00-678-1363 2510-00-734-3007 5365-00-734-3032 5306-00-737-1090 2530-00-737-7747 2530-00-737-7748 3110-00-678-1862 5310-00-769-6520 5310-00-769-6521 2510-00-769-7848 5315-00-143-6323 4730-01-043-3055 5315-01-257-2379 5340-01-185-2810 9905-00-282-7489 2510-00-769-7598 FIG 18 15 13 13 13 22 17 17 17 17 5 5 5 5 20 20 17 12 16 18 2 17 10 3 6 6 1 10 10 10 18 5 9 6 3 23 17 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 1 2 6 6 6 6 ITEM 9 15 17 7 9 4 11 12 7 18 13 16 12 10 4 1 4 1 5 3 9 10 8 5 13 13 8 5 12 7 7 18 8 1 16 3 19 5 8 4 3 3 4 2 7 7 14 4 6 7 7 6220-00-669-5623 5340-00-177-7832 5360-00-664-7691 2530-00-177-8097 2530-00-690-2742 2530-00-863-5609 I-9 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES CAGEC 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 PART NUMBER 8701138 8722864 8722870 8724316 8741646 8741650 8762093 9254 9776 9777 9778 9789 9795 PART NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER 5320-00-852-1082 6150-00-855-9304 5340-00-860-0555 6220-00-775-2384 6220-00-433-5966 3110-00-727-6901 5340-01-087-9679 2530-00-161-7575 2530-00-161-7576 5305-01-179-2304 FIG 6 2 3 2 1 1 10 7 8 8 8 7 7 ITEM 8 1 14 8 3 5 4 19 8 8 7 11 10 I-10 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES FIG BULK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ITEM 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 36 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER CAGEC 4710-00-102-0108 6220-00-846-9745 5305-00-764-0070 6220-00-775-2384 5330-00-678-9047 6220-00-433-5966 6240-00-019-0877 6220-00-669-5623 5330-00-297-7106 6240-00-044-6914 6240-00-019-0877 6220-00-500-0437 5310-00-061-1258 5310-00-732-0559 5310-00-407-9566 5340-00-732-8268 5340-01-148-6823 5305-00-269-3210 5310-00-637-9541 5305-00-115-9526 5340-00-732-8267 6220-01-093-4439 5330-00-462-0907 6240-00-044-6914 6240-00-019-3093 5310-00-637-9541 5305-00-115-9526 6240-00-019-0877 5306-00-050-1238 5310-00-407-9566 5310-00-880-7746 5340-01-166-0783 5340-01-244-5890 6150-00-855-9304 19207 96906 96906 19207 73331 19207 96906 19207 18355 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 19207 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 96906 19207 19207 19207 81349 81349 19207 19207 96906 81349 96906 96906 PART NUMBER 10943231 MS51302-1 MS51959-46 8741646 5942528 8741650 MS15570-1251 8378785 7526020 7320658 MS35478-1683 MS15570-1251 MS53047-1 MS45904-76 MS51968-8 MS35338-45 7328268 10924588 MS35291-59 MS35338-46 11721 120741 MS18154-58 7328267 MS52125-2 11639535 11639519-2 MS35478-1683 MS15570-623 MS35338-46 MS18154-58 11639520 MS15570-1251 MS90727-32 MS35338-45 MS51968-5 116235310-2 11625310-1 8722864 MS25036-154 8338564 8338562 8338561 M43436-1-1 M13486/10-1 8724316 7358188 MS39134-1 M13486-1-5 MS24629-47 MS35335-32 5305-00-855-0956 5310-00-596-7691 I-11 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES FIG 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 ITEM 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 21 22 23 1 FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER CAGEC 5340-00-177-7832 5305-00-267-8951 5340-00-912-8871 5310-00-582-5965 5310-00-768-0319 2590-00-863-5602 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 96906 19207 19207 81349 96906 81349 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 19207 96906 96906 23705 96906 96906 03677 96906 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 96906 96906 19207 96906 19207 96906 96906 24076 96906 96906 19207 19207 PART NUMBER 8382973 MS90727-2 MS21333-43 MS35338-44 MS51968-2 10924552 8338566 8338562 8338564 7375064 MS27148-2 8338567 8338561 M43436-1-3 MS39020-1 M13486-1-5 MS24629-47 MS35335-32 8722870 10924576 7979250 MS21333-4 MS24629-48 10924599 11625501 10920594 10924596 MS35338-46 MS51968-8 325118 MS24665-283 MS35692-21 73-1483 MS51968-5 7328334 10924581 7328333 11625489 7328329 MS35338-45 MS90727-32 7328331 MS24665-295 7735847 MS90727-66 MS27183-5 22043 MS35812-3 MS90726-36 10942507 7971302 5305-00-855-0956 5310-00-596-7691 5340-00-860-0555 5975-01-170-3480 5340-01-185-2810 5340-00-057-2891 5305-00-855-0964 2530-01-058-2672 3040-00-870-2108 5340-01-144-1705 5310-00-637-9541 5310-00-732-0559 5315-00-699-8495 5315-00-842-3044 5310-00-842-1488 3040-00-732-8332 5310-00-880-7746 2530-00-732-8334 2530-00-863-5603 5306-00-732-8333 2590-01-042-9695 4010-00-732-8329 5310-00-407-9566 5306-00-050-1238 5340-00-732-8331 5315-00-842-3651 5315-00-143-6323 5305-00-269-3242 5310-00-983-8483 5340-00-057-3537 5305-00-225-9091 5315-01-257-2379 I-12 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES FIG 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 ITEM 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 1 2 3 FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER CAGEC 3040-00-116-5171 2530-00-902-3618 5360-00-664-7691 2530-01-032-6676 2530-00-177-8097 2530-00-690-2742 2530-00-863-5609 5320-00-852-1082 2530-00-863-5607 5315-00-352-1909 1015-00-087-2833 5305-00-269-3236 2530-00-737-7747 2530-00-737-7748 5315-00-839-5820 5310-00-584-5272 5310-00-732-0560 5310-00-637-9541 5310-00-732-0559 5310-00-880-7745 5310-00-209-0965 5315-01-054-5870 2530-01-054-2905 5315-01-056-3053 5305-00-709-8517 2530-01-054-1509 3040-01-054-2765 2530-01-264-0505 2530-01-052-6019 5360-01-180-2292 2530-01-058-7486 5360-00-664-5344 5360-00-930-5644 2530-01-054-3918 5360-01-054-5023 2530-01-052-5238 5340-01-087-9679 5305-00-269-3248 5365-01-053-6898 2530-01-050-8929 5330-00-953-1886 5310-00-959-1488 5305-01-179-2304 2530-00-161-7575 2530-00-161-7576 4730-00-014-2431 5305-00-855-0958 5340-00-778-2738 70142 19207 12603 19204 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 33116 19207 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 94189 94189 94189 96906 14894 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 94189 19207 06853 94189 94189 94189 94189 96906 93072 93072 19207 80205 96906 94189 94189 94189 12204 96906 96906 PART NUMBER 47179-13 7324344 854584 12010439 8678964 8678967 8678969 8701138 5304063 22377 5304070 MS90727-60 7377747 7377748 MS24665-134 MS35338-48 MS51968-14 MS35338-46 MS51968-8 MS51968-11 MS35338-47 10959 24636 14886 MS90727-85 308430-L 16092 10961 10953 9795 9789 10960 10954 5303469 39244 16756 10958 10952 9254 MS90727-72 1841 10614 12331725-2 NAS1611-128 MS51922-21 9778 9776 9777 142431 MS24629-45 MS21333-2 I-13 .

0 0-16/TR15/OFFCTR US48 100AA 360403S7A1 FMC8317 MS49005-8 7001417 73-1438 MS15003-1 7328312 EL53241-1 4730-01-123-3802 5305-00-984-6208 4730-01-043-3055 5310-00-809-4058 5310-00-582-5965 5310-00-761-6882 4720-01-043-5222 5330-01-044-1941 5340-00-371-4134 2530-00-863-5599 5306-00-850-7069 5330-00-678-1759 3110-00-727-6901 3110-00-678-1862 3040-00-404-0750 5310-00-769-6521 2530-00-350-8707 2530-00-150-7832 5310-00-769-6520 5330-01-055-3870 3110-00-763-0259 3110-00-769-1426 2530-01-052-2895 5306-01-054-9238 3110-00-926-1379 3110-00-827-8648 5310-00-809-8533 5310-00-850-6993 5315-00-012-0123 5340-00-253-1910 2530-00-150-7832 5310-00-177-1329 2610-00-678-1363 2610-00-350-9975 2640-00-060-3550 2640-00-050-1229 4010-00-863-5601 4730-00-289-5176 5315-00-045-4217 5360-00-663-3110 4730-00-050-4208 5310-00-732-8312 5360-00-200-7022 I-14 .SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES FIG 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 ITEM 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER CAGEC 19207 19207 96906 96906 79470 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 19207 19207 71770 33116 80201 19207 19207 19207 19207 21450 96906 19207 33116 19207 94189 60038 60038 94189 94189 60038 60038 96906 96906 96906 94189 19207 19207 19207 81348 51665 17875 23040 71770 02951 19207 94833 96906 19207 75828 PART NUMBER 11625494 11625493 MS51877-3 MS35206-261 7805 MS27183-10 MS35338-44 MS51967-2 11625492-2 11625492-1 11625495 11625497 11625505 FMC8372 X43436 516992 8762093 7536132 10924603 7696521 7371106 MS53069-1 12301157 X-43438 7696520 15529 L68149 L68111 18147 14771 L44649 L44610 MS27183-23 MS35692-62 MS24665-355 14286 10921860 11630595 7342996 ZZ-I-550/GP2/6.

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES FIG 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ITEM 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER CAGEC 5310-00-732-8314 5310-01-213-9952 5305-00-709-8517 5340-00-781-6308 2540-00-732-8311 5310-00-832-9719 5305-00-709-8517 5310-00-057-7080 5310-00-732-0560 5310-00-584-5272 5305-00-226-7767 5305-00-728-5475 2540-01-271-0272 4010-01-158-6795 2530-01-053-2453 5310-00-877-5795 2540-01-051-6355 3120-01-052-1151 2540-01-051-6354 5310-00-959-1488 5310-00-057-7080 2590-01-185-0168 5305-00-709-8423 5305-00-269-3248 5340-01-257-3883 5360-00-663-3110 5315-00-045-4217 2540-01-050-7136 2540-01-060-7031 2530-01-050-7700 2530-01-050-8832 5360-01-054-2281 4730-00-289-5176 2530-01-050-7698 5305-00-725-4187 4730-00-050-4208 5310-00-877-5795 5340-00-937-1962 2510-00-734-3007 5305-00-728-5474 5310-00-877-5795 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 19207 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 96906 19207 19207 19207 96906 93072 93072 93072 96906 96906 93072 19207 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 93072 93072 93072 93072 93072 93072 93072 02951 93072 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 PART NUMBER 7328314 MS35692-1426 MS20665-425 MS20365-820C MS90727-85 595444 428829 10924577 7328311 MS51922-61 MS90727-85 10924587-1 10924587-2 MS51922-29 MS51968-14 MS35338-48 MS90726-109 10924595 MS90727-200 11625487 12296386 11625498 MS21044N8 1808-1 1745 1829 MS51922-21 MS51922-29 10603 11625500 MS90727-97 MS90727-72 11625499 7328310 7001417 1844-2 1855 10632 1756 10607 1840 1828 MS49005-8 1804 MS90726-114 MS15003-1 MS21044N8 10924578 7343007 MS90727-193 MS21044N8 I-15 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES FIG 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 21 21 21 21 21 21 22 22 ITEM 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER CAGEC 5305-00-725-4187 5310-00-832-9719 5306-00-050-1238 5310-00-407-9566 5310-00-880-7746 5340-01-132-4274 5306-01-282-8180 4730-00-050-4208 5340-00-732-8324 5305-00-269-2803 3040-01-154-1433 2510-00-773-5833 5306-00-737-1090 5330-00-732-8322 5365-00-732-8323 2510-01-058-7420 5310-00-732-0559 5310-00-637-9541 5315-00-839-5822 5310-00-850-6884 4730-00-206-1384 2510-00-769-7598 5305-00-269-2803 5340-01-132-0889 5365-00-734-3032 5310-00-823-8803 5315-00-059-0206 2540-00-769-7442 2510-00-734-3076 2510-00-769-7848 5310-00-209-0965 5310-00-732-8296 5310-00-732-0559 5310-00-637-9541 5305-00-115-9526 5310-00-080-6004 2510-00-774-0886 5310-00-637-9541 5310-00-732-0559 2590-00-705-8970 5310-00-596-7691 5305-00-990-6444 4820-00-732-8336 2540-00-863-5598 2510-01-111-7096 5305-01-140-9118 5310-00-080-6004 5310-00-637-9541 5310-00-732-0559 9905-00-205-2795 5310-00-732-0559 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 19207 96906 19207 23040 19207 03677 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 22852 96906 19207 19207 96906 96906 76445 23040 19207 96906 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 19207 96906 96906 19207 96906 96906 19207 19207 19207 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 96906 PART NUMBER MS90726-114 MS51922-61 MS90727-32 MS35338-45 MS51968-5 7338987 7328295-1 MS15003-1 7328324 MS90726-60 10924593 GPW5779 7371090 7328322 7328323 11669331 MS51968-8 MS35338-46 MS24665-353 MS35692-45 7328328 801244 MS90726-60 10924584 7343032 MS27183-21 MS24665-491 18459 GPW5459 7697848 MS35338-47 7328296 MS51968-8 MS35338-46 MS18154-58 MS27183-14 10924564 MS35338-46 MS51968-8 7328340 MS35335-32 MS35207-261 7328336 10913205 10924559 MS90728-59 MS27183-14 MS35338-46 MS51968-8 MS35387-1 MS51968-8 I-16 .

SECTION IV TM9-2330-251-14&P CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES FIG 22 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 ITEM 3 4 5 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX STOCK NUMBER CAGEC 5310-00-582-5965 5310-00-732-8316 5305-00-993-2463 9905-01-115-2313 9905-01-205-6010 9905-00-282-7489 5310-00-768-0319 5310-00-582-5965 5305-00-993-2463 5305-00-855-0958 96906 19207 96906 19207 19207 96906 19207 96906 96906 96906 19207 19207 96906 PART NUMBER MS35338-44 7328316 MS35207-279 11625506 10924556 MS20450C96 7979373 MS51968-2 MS35338-44 MS35207-279 10924608 11625507 MS24629-45 I-17 .

.

c. INTRODUCTION G-1. A part number index in alphanumeric order is provided for cross-referencing the part number of the item to be manufactured to the figure which covers fabrication criteria. Manufactured Items Part Number Cross-reference Index. Part Number 11625492-1 11625492-2 11625493 11625494 Figure Number G-1 G-2 G-3 G-4 G-1 . are in standard units. d. All bulk materiels needed for manufacture of an item are listed by part number or specification number in the manufacturing instructions.TM 9-2330-251-14&P APPENDIX G ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS Section I. All dimensions given in Section II. This appendix includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be manufactured or fabricated. Table G-1. Manufacturing Instructions. b. a. SCOPE.

spec MIL-T-3520. 1010 to 1020.025 wall. Tee-to-service Brake. Type 1. developed length 60.D. 0. x 0. 2.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il. G-2 .1875 O. Figure G-1. Right Side. All centerline bend radii to be 1.75 ref. Material: tubing. MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS 1.00. round. Tube. steel.

spec MIL-T-3520. 2. round. Type 1. Figure G-2. steel. All centerline bend radii to be 1. 0. G-3 .TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il. Material: tubing.1875 O. x 0. Tube. MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS (Con’t) 1. Tee-to-service Brake.00. Left Side. 1010 to 1020. developed length 60.75 ref.D.025 wall.

x 0. 1010 to 1020. MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS (Con’t) 1. round.1875 O. All centerline bend radii to be 1. developed length 60. Tube.025 wall. Material: tubing.D. Coupling-to-hose Assembly. 2.00.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il.75 ref. 0. Figure G-3. TA503973 G-4 . spec MIL-T-3520. Type 1. steel.

TA503974 G-5/(G-6 Blank) . 2. 1010 to 1020. developed length 60. All centerline bend radii to be 1. x 0. spec MIL-T-3520. round. Material: tubing.TM 9-2330-251-14&P Section Il. MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS (Con’t) 1. 0. Type 1.025 wall. steel.00. Figure G-4. Master Cylinder-to-coupling. Tube.D.1875 O.75 ref.

.

a. Capscrews threaded into aluminum may require reductions in torque of 30% or more of Grade 5 capscrew torque. e. b. c. Unless otherwise specified. SCOPE. and provides general information for applying torque.TM 9-2330-251-14&P APPENDIX H TORQUE LIMITS H-1. Special torque values are indicated in the maintenance procedures for applicable components. dry threads. Reduce torque by 10% when engine oil is used as a lubricant. GENERAL. Reduce torque by 20% if new plated capscrews are used. Capscrews threaded into aluminum must also attain two capscrew diameters of thread engagement. Always use the torque values listed below when the maintenance procedure does not give a specific torque value. Torque values are based on clean. H-2. d. standard torque tolerance shall be +10%. This appendix lists standard torque values. as shown in Table H-1. H-1 .

use torque specifications for the original. (N.-ft. Torque Limits.-ft. (N.Thread 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 20 28 18 24 16 24 14 20 13 20 12 18 11 18 10 16 9 14 8 14 Torque lb.m) 8 10 17 19 31 35 49 55 75 85 110 120 150 170 270 295 395 435 590 660 (11) (14) (23) (26) (42) (47) (66) (75) (102) (115) (149) (163) (203) (231) (366) (400) (536) (590) (800) (895) Torque lb.TM 9-2330-251-14&P CAUTION If replacement capscrews are of a higher grade than originally supplied. (N.m) 10 19 34 55 85 120 167 280 440 660 (14) (26) (46) (75) (115) (163) (226) (380) (597) (895) Torque lb.m) 12 14 24 27 44 49 70 78 105 120 155 170 210 240 375 420 605 675 (16) (19) (33) (37) (60) (66) (95) (106) (142) (163) (210) (231) (285) (325) (508) (569) (820) (915) Much Used Much Used Minimum Commercial 5 Used at Times Medium Commercial 6 or 7 Used at Times Best Commercial 8 Indeterminate 1 or 2 910 (1234) 990 (1342) TA503975 H-2 . This will prevent equipment damage due to overtorquing.-ft.m) 5 6 11 13 18 20 28 30 39 41 51 55 83 95 105 115 160 175 235 250 (7) (8) (15) (18) (24) (27) (38) (41) (53) (56) (69) (75) (113) (129) (142) (156) (217) (237) (319) (339) Torque lb. (N. Current Usage Quality of Material SAE Grade Number Capscrew Head Markings Manufacturer’s marks may vary These are all SAE Grade 5 (3 line) Capscrew Body Size inches . Table H-1.-ft.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blackout stoplight lamp (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P INDEX Subject Page Paragraph A Actuator with drawbar coupler (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment: Brakeshoes: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakedrum: Maintenance: M416 . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bleeding hydraulic brake system (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 4-37 4-17 4-16 4-33 4-49 5-5 4-58 4-62 4-16 4-15 4-49 4-87 5-5 4-36 4-37 5-2 4-58 4-62 5-3 4-36 4-37 5-2 4-58 4-62 5-3 4-28 4-29 4-39 4-40 Index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakes: Brakedrum: Maintenance: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakeshoe: Adjustment: M416. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wheel: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handbrake lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . Blackout stoplight (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Body: Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel bearings: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawbar coupler (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 4-68 4-28 4-29 4-41 3-6 4-36 4-37 4-24 4-25 4-39 4-40 4-74 3-9 4-58 4-62 4-27 4-29 B Bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . general maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System bleeding (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hoses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handbrake: Cable assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 4-20 4-48 4-34 4-20 4-87 2-2 4-40 4-41 4-40 4-39 4-21 4-12 4-15 4-14 2-2 2-1 4-68 4-74 4-68 4-66 4-22 4-9 4-13 4-11 2-1 Index 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bumper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic brake: Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and fittings (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P INDEX Subject Paragraph Page Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning instructions. . . . . . . . Repair (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakeshoe: Adjustment: M416 . Replacement: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intervehicular . . . . Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cargo body . . . . . . Controls and indicators. . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . operator’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . spring . . . Chain: Breakaway: Operation . . . . . . . . . . Lever: Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite light lamp (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 4-30 4-31 4-27 3-6 4-26 4-34 4-33 5-1 4-41 4-44 4-34 3-9 4-32 4-51 4-49 4-28 4-29 5-1 4-30 4-31 4-44 4-39 4-40 5-1 4-41 4-44 4-83 C Cable: Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakeshoe (Con’t): Repair (M416) . Channel . . . . . . . . . Composite light (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . hydraulic (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix E 1-1 1-2 1-7 E-1 Enemy use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . equipment . . . . . . . Diagrams. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair .. . . . . .. . . wiring . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . drawbar: Maintenance (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cylinder: Master (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . brake: Maintenance: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and features Equipment data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . capabilities. With actuator (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differences between models. . . . . ... . . . . . . . Drain valve: Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . Expendable/durable supplies and materials list . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P INDEX Subject Paragraph Page Coupler. .. . . . . 1-10 1-3 4-23 1-8 2-2 4-47 4-40 4-41 1-7 1-1 4-26 1-6 2-1 4-86 4-68 4-74 4-36 4-37 5-2 4-58 4-62 5-3 E 1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 4-46 4-34 5-5 4-85 4-51 Index 3 . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . destruction of Army materiel to prevent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement . Equipment characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawbar coupler: Actuator with (M416A1) . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 4-40 2-6 4-35 4-32 4-74 4-68 2-8 4-57 4-48 D Data. . . . . .. . . . . . Coupling trailer to towing vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F Fender: Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . Drum. . . . . Maintenance (M416) . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring. . . . Hub: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrated list of manufactured items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 lntervehicular cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix G Inspection: 4-13 Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 5-4 2-12 5-5 G General maintenance: Cleaning instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P INDEX Subject Paragraph Page Fording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harness: Chassis wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system bleeding (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inspection instructions . Hoses and fittings (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . service upon receipt . . . . . . Hydraulic: Brake lines (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . Frame repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91 G-1 4-10 4-2 4-20 Index 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . general maintenance . . . 4-27 3-6 4-26 4-21 4-22 4-34 4-36 4-37 4-34 4-33 4-34 4-34 3-9 4-32 4-22 4-24 4-51 4-58 4-62 4-51 4-49 4-51 I 4-50 Identification plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hydraulic (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lever: Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 4-13 4-9 4-10 H Handbrake: Cable assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . illustrated Iist of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 4-37 2-1 3-1 3-5 2-2 4-58 4-62 2-6 3-7 3-7 2-1 Index 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 1-3 G-1 4-57 1-6 O Oil seal. . . . Lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication: Chart . . . . . . . . . location and description of . 1-8 Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator’s controls and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specific instructions . . . . . . . Table Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stoplight taillight (M416) . . . . . Lights: Blackout stoplight (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hydraulic brake (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite light (M416A1) . Table Troubleshooting symptom index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wheel: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix G 4-35 Master cylinder (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . differences between . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manufactured items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Landing leg . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stoplight taillight (M416) . Composite light (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix B 1-7 Major components. . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructions under unusual conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P INDEX Paragraph Page Subject L Lamps: Blackout stoplight (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Location and description of major components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator/crew: Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M 4-16 4-14 4-18 4-42 4-42 3-6 4-26 4-17 4-15 4-19 4-34 1-7 4-15 4-11 4-17 4-77 4-77 3-9 4-32 4-16 4-13 4-18 4-51 1-3 3-3 3-2 3-1 3-3 3-2 Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . handbrake: Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . Shipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 4-40 4-5 4-6 4-57 4-45 4-74 4-68 4-2 4-2 4-96 4-84 4-28 4-29 5-1 4-30 4-31 4-39 4-40 5-1 4-41 4-44 Index 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 4-6 4-5 P Plates: 4-50 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . preparation of equipment for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS): Operator/crew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix F 4-90 F-1 S Safety chains: M416 . Table 4-1 4-91 1-6 4-93 4-96 2-6 4-4 R 4-49 Reflector replacement . Preliminary service and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service upon receipt: Preliminary inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . brake: Adjustment: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shoe. . Replacement: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P INDEX Subject Paragraph Page Organizational: Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-2 4-10 Troubleshooting symptom index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparation of equipment for: 4-54 Administrative storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Locations and contents of . . . . . Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-1 Organizational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal of equipment from. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P INDEX Subject Paragraph Page Spring: Assembly maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix H 2-7 Towing instructions . . . . . . . . . . . Tires: 4-38 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Torque limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 Tubes maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stoplight taillight lamp (M416) . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 4-17 4-65 5-4 H-1 2-9 2-8 2-10 3-7 4-6 3-7 4-5 4-65 U Uncoupling trailer from towing vehicle 2-8 2-10 V Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . Organizational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stoplight taillight (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting symptom index: 3-5 Operator/crew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . administrative: Preparation of equipment for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 4-44 4-19 4-18 4-53 4-56 3-5 4-10 4-78 4-83 4-18 4-17 4-93 4-96 3-7 4-5 4-19 Taillight. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Uncoupling trailer from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Taillight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Organizational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47 4-86 Index 7 . . . . . . Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stoplight lamp (M416). . . . . . . . . . . . . troubleshooting: Operator/crew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting: Operator/crew . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing vehicle: 2-6 Coupling trailer to . . . . . .. . . . Symptom index. . . . . . . Table 3-1 Table 4-2 Organizational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stoplight (M416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage. . . . . . . . drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . Wiring harness repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 4-37 4-32 4-36 4-37 4-36 4-37 3-7 4-38 4-23 4-21 4-22 4-58 4-62 4-48 4-58 4-62 4-58 4-62 3-10 4-65 4-26 4-22 4-24 Index 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cylinder (M416A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tires and tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil seal: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring: Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . chassis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . .TM 9-2330-251-14&P INDEX Subject Paragraph Page W Wheel: Bearing maintenance and adjustment: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M416A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hub: M416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

United States Army Chief of Staff THOMAS F. Block 0568. SIKORA Brigadier General. and Direct General Support maintenance requirements for TM9-2330-251-14&P. Unit.S. Operator. Support and * U. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 199231 1-831/44381 . United States Army The Adjutant General Distribution: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12–39-E. VUONO General.By Order of the Secretary of the Army: Official: CARL E.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

PIN: 058673-000 .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful